Adding upstream version 1.47.0.upstream/1.47.0upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

37 files changed, 10829 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/lib/et/Android.bp b/lib/et/Android.bp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..565feb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/Android.bp
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+// Copyright 2017 The Android Open Source Project
+
+package {
+    // See: http://go/android-license-faq
+    // A large-scale-change added 'default_applicable_licenses' to import
+    // all of the 'license_kinds' from "external_e2fsprogs_license"
+    // to get the below license kinds:
+    //   SPDX-license-identifier-0BSD
+    //   SPDX-license-identifier-BSD
+    //   SPDX-license-identifier-GPL-2.0
+    //   SPDX-license-identifier-MIT
+    default_applicable_licenses: ["external_e2fsprogs_license"],
+}
+
+cc_library {
+    name: "libext2_com_err",
+    host_supported: true,
+    ramdisk_available: true,
+    vendor_ramdisk_available: true,
+    recovery_available: true,
+    unique_host_soname: true,
+    defaults: ["e2fsprogs-defaults"],
+    srcs: [
+        "error_message.c",
+        "et_name.c",
+        "init_et.c",
+        "com_err.c",
+        "com_right.c",
+    ],
+
+    target: {
+        windows: {
+            enabled: true,
+        },
+    },
+
+    header_libs: ["libext2-headers"],
+    export_include_dirs: ["."],
+    export_header_lib_headers: ["libext2-headers"],
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/Makefile.in b/lib/et/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d411f23
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,185 @@
+#
+# Makefile for lib/et
+#
+
+srcdir = @srcdir@
+top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
+VPATH = @srcdir@
+top_builddir = ../..
+my_dir = lib/et
+INSTALL = @INSTALL@
+MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
+
+DEP_MAKEFILE = $(DEP_LIB_MAKEFILES)
+
+@MCONFIG@
+
+all:: compile_et com_err.pc
+
+OBJS= error_message.o et_name.o init_et.o com_err.o com_right.o
+SRCS = $(srcdir)/error_message.c $(srcdir)/et_name.c $(srcdir)/init_et.c \
+	$(srcdir)/com_err.c $(srcdir)/com_right.c
+
+HFILES= com_err.h
+SHARE_FILES= et_c.awk et_h.awk
+
+LIBRARY= libcom_err
+LIBDIR= et
+
+ELF_VERSION = 2.1
+ELF_SO_VERSION = 2
+ELF_IMAGE = libcom_err
+ELF_MYDIR = et
+ELF_INSTALL_DIR = $(root_libdir)
+ELF_OTHER_LIBS = @SEM_INIT_LIB@
+
+BSDLIB_VERSION = 1.1
+BSDLIB_IMAGE = libcom_err
+BSDLIB_MYDIR = et
+BSDLIB_INSTALL_DIR = $(root_libdir)
+
+#
+# what to build...
+#
+.c.o:
+	$(E) "	CC $<"
+	$(Q) $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS_STLIB) -c $< -o $@
+	$(Q) $(CHECK_CMD) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $<
+	$(Q) $(CPPCHECK_CMD) $(CPPFLAGS) $<
+@PROFILE_CMT@	$(Q) $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS_STLIB) -g -pg -o profiled/$*.o -c $<
+@ELF_CMT@	$(Q) $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS_SHLIB) -fPIC -shared -o elfshared/$*.o -c $<
+@BSDLIB_CMT@	$(Q) $(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS_SHLIB) $(BSDLIB_PIC_FLAG) -o pic/$*.o -c $<
+
+@MAKEFILE_LIBRARY@
+@MAKEFILE_ELF@
+@MAKEFILE_BSDLIB@
+@MAKEFILE_PROFILE@
+
+compile_et: $(DEP_SUBSTITUTE) $(srcdir)/compile_et.sh.in
+	$(E) "	SUBST $@"
+	$(Q) $(SUBSTITUTE) $(srcdir)/compile_et.sh.in compile_et
+	$(Q) $(CHMOD) +x compile_et
+
+DVI=texi2dvi
+DVIPS=dvips -o "$@"
+INFO=@MAKEINFO@
+HTML=makeinfo --html --no-split
+PS2PDF=ps2pdf
+
+com_err.ps : com_err.dvi
+com_err.dvi: com_err.texinfo
+
+com_err.info: $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo
+	$(E) "	MAKEINFO $@"
+	-$(Q) $(INFO) $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo
+
+com_err.dvi: $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo
+	$(E) "	TEXI2DVI $@"
+	-$(Q) $(DVI) $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo
+
+com_err.ps: com_err.dvi
+	$(E) "	DVIPS $@"
+	-$(Q) $(DVIPS) com_err.dvi
+
+com_err.pdf: com_err.ps
+	$(E) "	PS2PDF $@"
+	-$(Q) $(PS2PDF) com_err.ps
+
+com_err.html: $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo
+	$(E) "	MAKEINFO $@"
+	-$(Q) $(HTML) $(srcdir)/com_err.texinfo
+
+com_err.pc: $(srcdir)/com_err.pc.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(E) "	CONFIG.STATUS $@"
+	$(Q) cd $(top_builddir); CONFIG_FILES=lib/et/com_err.pc ./config.status
+
+#libcom_err.o:	$(LIBOBJS)
+#	$(LD) -r -s -o libcom_err.o $(LIBOBJS)
+#	chmod -x libcom_err.o
+
+TAGS:	$(SRCS)
+	$(TAGS) $(SRCS)
+
+installdirs::
+	$(E) "	MKDIR_P $(libdir) $(includedir)/et $(datadir)/et $(bindir) $(man1dir) $(man3dir)"
+	$(Q) $(MKDIR_P) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) \
+		$(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/et $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/et \
+		$(DESTDIR)$(bindir) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir) \
+		$(DESTDIR)$(man3dir) $(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)
+
+install:: compile_et libcom_err.a $(HFILES) installdirs com_err.pc
+	$(E) "	INSTALL_DATA $(libdir)/libcom_err.a"
+	$(Q) $(INSTALL_DATA) libcom_err.a $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libcom_err.a
+	-$(Q) $(RANLIB) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libcom_err.a
+	$(Q) $(CHMOD) $(LIBMODE) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libcom_err.a
+	$(Q) for i in $(HFILES); do \
+		echo "	INSTALL_DATA $(includedir)/et/$$i"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/et/$$i; \
+	done
+	$(Q) (cd $(DESTDIR)$(includedir) ;\
+		$(LN) $(LINK_INSTALL_FLAGS) et/com_err.h . )
+	$(Q) for i in $(SHARE_FILES); do \
+		echo "	INSTALL_DATA $(datadir)/et/$$i"; \
+		$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$i $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/et/$$i; \
+	done
+	$(E) "	INSTALL_SCRIPT $(bindir)/compile_et"
+	$(Q) $(INSTALL_SCRIPT) compile_et $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/compile_et
+	$(E) "	INSTALL_DATA $(man3dir)/com_err.3"
+	$(Q) $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/com_err.3 $(DESTDIR)$(man3dir)/com_err.3
+	$(E) "	INSTALL_DATA $(man1dir)/compile_et.1"
+	$(Q) $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/compile_et.1 \
+			$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/compile_et.1
+	$(E) "	INSTALL_DATA $(pkgconfigdir)/com_err.pc"
+	$(Q) $(INSTALL_DATA) com_err.pc $(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)/com_err.pc
+
+uninstall::
+	$(RM) -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libcom_err.a \
+		$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/compile_et \
+		$(DESTDIR)$(pkgconfigdir)/com_err.pc
+	$(RM) -rf $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/et $(DESTDIR)$(datadir)/et
+
+fullcheck check:: compile_et
+	for i in $(srcdir)/test_cases/*.et ; do \
+		t=`basename $$i | sed -e 's/.et//'`; \
+		_ET_DIR_OVERRIDE=$(srcdir) ./compile_et $$i ; \
+		diff -c $(srcdir)/test_cases/$$t.c $$t.c > $$t.failed; \
+		if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then echo Test case $$t failed; exit 1 ; fi ; \
+		diff -c $(srcdir)/test_cases/$$t.h $$t.h >> $$t.failed; \
+		if [ $$? -ne 0 ]; then echo Test case $$t failed; exit 1 ; fi ; \
+		$(RM) -f $$t.c $$t.h $$t.failed; \
+		echo "Test case $$t succeeded" ; \
+	done
+
+clean::
+	$(RM) -f compile_et libcom_err.a libcom_err_p.a com_err.info
+	$(RM) -f $(OBJS) profiled/*
+	$(RM) -f *~ \#* *.bak *.otl *.aux *.toc *.PS *.dvi *.ps TAGS *.ln \
+		*.html *.cp *.fn *.fns *.ky *.log *.pc *.pg *.toc *.tp *.vr \
+		*.pdf
+	$(RM) -f ../libcom_err.a ../libcom_err_p.a
+
+mostlyclean:: clean
+distclean:: clean
+	$(RM) -f .depend Makefile com_err.pc \
+		$(srcdir)/TAGS $(srcdir)/Makefile.in.old
+
+$(OBJS): subdirs
+
+# +++ Dependency line eater +++
+# 
+# Makefile dependencies follow.  This must be the last section in
+# the Makefile.in file
+#
+error_message.o: $(srcdir)/error_message.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \
+ $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h \
+ $(srcdir)/internal.h
+et_name.o: $(srcdir)/et_name.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \
+ $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h \
+ $(srcdir)/internal.h
+init_et.o: $(srcdir)/init_et.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \
+ $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h
+com_err.o: $(srcdir)/com_err.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \
+ $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h \
+ $(srcdir)/internal.h
+com_right.o: $(srcdir)/com_right.c $(top_builddir)/lib/config.h \
+ $(top_builddir)/lib/dirpaths.h $(srcdir)/com_err.h $(srcdir)/error_table.h
diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.3 b/lib/et/com_err.3
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a25f09
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/com_err.3
@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988 Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
+.\" Student Information Processing Board.  
+.\"
+.TH COM_ERR 3 "22 Nov 1988" SIPB
+.SH NAME
+com_err \- common error display routine
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.nf
+ #include <et/com_err.h>
+void (*\fIproc\fR) (const char *, long, const char *, va_list);
+.PP
+void com_err (const char *whoami, long code, const char *format, ...);
+.PP
+proc = set_com_err_hook (proc);
+.PP
+proc = reset_com_err_hook ();
+.PP
+void initialize_XXXX_error_table ();
+.fi
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.I Com_err
+displays an error message on the standard error stream
+.I stderr
+(see
+.IR stdio (3S))
+composed of the
+.I whoami
+string, which should specify the program name or some subportion of
+a program, followed by an error message generated from the
+.I code
+value (derived from
+.IR compile_et (1)),
+and a string produced using the
+.I format
+string and any following arguments, in the same style as
+.IR fprintf (3).
+
+The behavior of
+.I com_err
+can be modified using
+.I set_com_err_hook;
+this defines a procedure which is called with the arguments passed to
+.I com_err,
+instead of the default internal procedure which sends the formatted
+text to error output.  Thus the error messages from a program can all
+easily be diverted to another form of diagnostic logging, such as
+.IR syslog (3).
+.I Reset_com_err_hook
+may be used to restore the behavior of
+.I com_err
+to its default form.  Both procedures return the previous ``hook''
+value.  These ``hook'' procedures must have the declaration given for
+.I proc
+above in the synopsis.
+
+The
+.I initialize_XXXX_error_table
+routine is generated mechanically by
+.IR compile_et (1)
+from a source file containing names and associated strings.  Each
+table has a name of up to four characters, which is used in place of
+the
+.B XXXX
+in the name of the routine.  These routines should be called before
+any of the corresponding error codes are used, so that the
+.I com_err
+library will recognize error codes from these tables when they are
+used.
+
+The
+.B com_err.h
+header file should be included in any source file that uses routines
+from the
+.I com_err
+library; executable files must be linked using
+.I ``-lcom_err''
+in order to cause the
+.I com_err
+library to be included.
+
+.\" .IR for manual entries
+.\" .PP for paragraph breaks
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+compile_et (1), syslog (3).
+
+Ken Raeburn, "A Common Error Description Library for UNIX".
diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.c b/lib/et/com_err.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7294c6d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/com_err.c
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1987, 1988 by MIT Student Information Processing Board.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
+ * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that
+ * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
+ * without specific, written prior permission.  M.I.T. and the
+ * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without
+ * express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+#include <termios.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#include "com_err.h"
+#include "error_table.h"
+#include "internal.h"
+
+static void
+default_com_err_proc (const char *whoami, errcode_t code, const
+		      char *fmt, va_list args)
+	COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 0)));
+
+static void
+default_com_err_proc (const char *whoami, errcode_t code, const
+		      char *fmt, va_list args)
+{
+    int do_cr = 1, fd = fileno(stderr);
+
+    if (whoami) {
+	fputs(whoami, stderr);
+	fputs(": ", stderr);
+    }
+    if (code) {
+	fputs(error_message(code), stderr);
+	fputs(" ", stderr);
+    }
+    if (fmt) {
+        vfprintf (stderr, fmt, args);
+    }
+    if (!isatty(fd))
+	do_cr = 0;
+#ifdef HAVE_TERMIOS_H
+    else {
+	struct termios t;
+
+	if ((tcgetattr(fd, &t)) == 0 &&
+	    (t.c_oflag & OPOST) && (t.c_oflag & ONLCR))
+	do_cr = 0;
+    }
+#endif
+    if (do_cr)
+	fputc('\r', stderr);
+    fputc('\n', stderr);
+    fflush(stderr);
+}
+
+typedef void (*errf) (const char *, errcode_t, const char *, va_list)
+        COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 0)));
+
+errf com_err_hook = default_com_err_proc;
+
+void com_err_va (const char *whoami, errcode_t code, const char *fmt,
+		 va_list args)
+{
+    (*com_err_hook) (whoami, code, fmt, args);
+}
+
+void com_err (const char *whoami,
+	      errcode_t code,
+	      const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    va_list pvar;
+
+    if (!com_err_hook)
+	com_err_hook = default_com_err_proc;
+    va_start(pvar, fmt);
+    com_err_va (whoami, code, fmt, pvar);
+    va_end(pvar);
+}
+
+errf set_com_err_hook(errf new_proc)
+{
+    errf x = com_err_hook;
+
+    if (new_proc)
+	com_err_hook = new_proc;
+    else
+	com_err_hook = default_com_err_proc;
+
+    return x;
+}
+
+errf reset_com_err_hook(void) {
+    errf x = com_err_hook;
+    com_err_hook = default_com_err_proc;
+    return x;
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.h b/lib/et/com_err.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..27a36ea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/com_err.h
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+/*
+ * Header file for common error description library.
+ *
+ * Copyright 1988, Student Information Processing Board of the
+ * Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
+ *
+ * For copyright and distribution info, see the documentation supplied
+ * with this package.
+ */
+
+#if !defined(__COM_ERR_H) && !defined(__COM_ERR_H__)
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define COM_ERR_ATTR(x) __attribute__(x)
+#else
+#define COM_ERR_ATTR(x)
+#endif
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+typedef long errcode_t;
+
+struct error_table {
+	char const * const * msgs;
+	long base;
+	int n_msgs;
+};
+struct et_list;
+
+extern void com_err (const char *, long, const char *, ...)
+	COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 4)));
+
+extern void com_err_va (const char *whoami, errcode_t code, const char *fmt,
+		 va_list args)
+	COM_ERR_ATTR((format(printf, 3, 0)));
+
+extern char const *error_message (long);
+extern void (*com_err_hook) (const char *, long, const char *, va_list);
+extern void (*set_com_err_hook (void (*) (const char *, long,
+					  const char *, va_list)))
+	(const char *, long, const char *, va_list);
+extern void (*reset_com_err_hook (void)) (const char *, long,
+					  const char *, va_list);
+extern int init_error_table(const char * const *msgs, long base, int count);
+extern char *(*set_com_err_gettext (char *(*) (const char *)))
+	(const char *);
+
+extern errcode_t add_error_table(const struct error_table * et);
+extern errcode_t remove_error_table(const struct error_table * et);
+extern void add_to_error_table(struct et_list *new_table);
+
+/* Provided for Heimdall compatibility */
+extern const char *com_right(struct et_list *list, long code);
+extern const char *com_right_r(struct et_list *list, long code, char *str, size_t len);
+extern void initialize_error_table_r(struct et_list **list,
+				     const char **messages,
+				     int num_errors,
+				     long base);
+extern void free_error_table(struct et_list *et);
+
+/* Provided for compatibility with other com_err libraries */
+extern int et_list_lock(void);
+extern int et_list_unlock(void);
+
+#define __COM_ERR_H
+#define __COM_ERR_H__
+#endif /* !defined(__COM_ERR_H) && !defined(__COM_ERR_H__)*/
diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.pc.in b/lib/et/com_err.pc.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..86df8a2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/com_err.pc.in
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+prefix=@prefix@
+exec_prefix=@exec_prefix@
+libdir=@libdir@
+includedir=@includedir@
+
+Name: com_err
+Description: Common error description library
+Version: @E2FSPROGS_VERSION@
+Requires:
+Cflags: -I${includedir}/et -I${includedir}
+Libs: -L${libdir} -lcom_err
+Libs.private: @SEM_INIT_LIB@
diff --git a/lib/et/com_err.texinfo b/lib/et/com_err.texinfo
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3e7ae32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/com_err.texinfo
@@ -0,0 +1,532 @@
+\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
+
+@c $Header$
+@c $Source$
+@c $Locker$
+
+@c Note that although this source file is in texinfo format (more
+@c or less), it is not yet suitable for turning into an ``info''
+@c file.  Sorry, maybe next time.
+@c
+@c In order to produce hardcopy documentation from a texinfo file,
+@c run ``tex com_err.texinfo'' which will load in texinfo.tex,
+@c provided in this distribution.  (texinfo.tex is from the Free
+@c Software Foundation, and is under different copyright restrictions
+@c from the rest of this package.)
+
+@setfilename com_err.info
+@settitle A Common Error Description Library for UNIX
+
+@ifinfo
+@dircategory Development
+@direntry
+* Com_err: (com_err).   A Common Error Description Library for UNIX.
+@end direntry
+@end ifinfo
+
+@c smallbook
+
+@iftex
+@finalout
+@end iftex
+
+@ifinfo
+This file documents the use of the Common Error Description library.
+
+Copyright (C) 1987, 1988 Student Information Processing Board of the
+Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
+that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation, and that the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
+without specific, written prior permission.  M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B.
+make no representations about the suitability of this software for any
+purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+Note that the file texinfo.tex, provided with this distribution, is from
+the Free Software Foundation, and is under different copyright restrictions
+from the remainder of this package.
+
+@ignore
+Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
+results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
+notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
+(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
+
+@end ignore
+@end ifinfo
+
+@setchapternewpage odd
+
+@titlepage
+@center @titlefont{A Common Error Description}
+@center @titlefont{Library for UNIX}
+@sp 2
+@center Ken Raeburn
+@center Bill Sommerfeld
+@sp 1
+@center MIT Student Information Processing Board
+@sp 3
+@center last updated 1 January 1989
+@center for version 1.2
+@center ***DRAFT COPY ONLY***
+
+@vskip 2in
+
+@center @b{Abstract}
+
+UNIX has always had a clean and simple system call interface, with a
+standard set of error codes passed between the kernel and user
+programs.  Unfortunately, the same cannot be said of many of the
+libraries layered on top of the primitives provided by the kernel.
+Typically, each one has used a different style of indicating errors to
+their callers, leading to a total hodgepodge of error handling, and
+considerable amounts of work for the programmer.  This paper describes
+a library and associated utilities which allows a more uniform way for
+libraries to return errors to their callers, and for programs to
+describe errors and exceptional conditions to their users.
+
+@page
+@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
+
+Copyright @copyright{} 1987, 1988 by the Student Information Processing
+Board of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its
+documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby granted, provided
+that the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
+copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
+documentation, and that the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be
+used in advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
+without specific, written prior permission.  M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B.
+make no representations about the suitability of this software for any
+purpose.  It is provided "as is" without express or implied warranty.
+
+Note that the file texinfo.tex, provided with this distribution, is from
+the Free Software Foundation, and is under different copyright restrictions
+from the remainder of this package.
+
+@end titlepage
+
+@node Top, Why com_err?, (dir), (dir)
+
+@top A Common Error Description Library for UNIX
+
+This manual documents the com_err library.
+
+@menu
+* Why com_err?::                
+* Error codes::                 
+* Error table source file::     
+* The error-table compiler::    
+* Run-time support routines::   
+* Coding Conventions::          
+* Building and Installation::   
+* Bug Reports::                 
+* Acknowledgements::            
+@end menu
+
+@page
+
+@node Why com_err?, Error codes, Top, Top
+@chapter Why com_err?
+
+In building application software packages, a programmer often has to
+deal with a number of libraries, each of which can use a different
+error-reporting mechanism.  Sometimes one of two values is returned,
+indicating simply SUCCESS or FAILURE, with no description of errors
+encountered.  Sometimes it is an index into a table of text strings,
+where the name of the table used is dependent on the library being
+used when the error is generated; since each table starts numbering at
+0 or 1, additional information as to the source of the error code is
+needed to determine which table to look at.  Sometimes no text messages are
+supplied at all, and the programmer must supply them at any point at which
+he may wish to report error conditions.
+Often, a global variable is assigned some value describing the error, but
+the programmer has to know in each case whether to look at @code{errno},
+@code{h_errno}, the return value from @code{hes_err()}, or whatever other
+variables or routines are specified.
+And what happens if something
+in the procedure of
+examining or reporting the error changes the same variable?
+
+The package we have developed is an attempt to present a common
+error-handling mechanism to manipulate the most common form of error code
+in a fashion that does not have the problems listed above.
+
+A list of up to 256 text messages is supplied to a translator we have
+written, along with the three- to four-character ``name'' of the error
+table.  The library using this error table need only call a routine
+generated from this error-table source to make the table ``known'' to the
+com_err library, and any error code the library generates can be converted
+to the corresponding error message.  There is also a default format for
+error codes accidentally returned before making the table known, which is
+of the form @samp{unknown code foo 32}, where @samp{foo} would be the name
+of the table.
+
+@node Error codes, Error table source file, Why com_err?, Top
+@chapter Error codes
+
+Error codes themselves are 32 bit (signed) integers, of which the high
+order 24 bits are an identifier of which error table the error code is
+from, and the low order 8 bits are a sequential error number within
+the table.  An error code may thus be easily decomposed into its component
+parts.  Only the lowest 32 bits of an error code are considered significant
+on systems which support wider values.
+
+Error table 0 is defined to match the UNIX system call error table
+(@code{sys_errlist}); this allows @code{errno} values to be used directly
+in the library (assuming that @code{errno} is of a type with the same width
+as @t{long}).  Other error table numbers are formed by compacting together
+the first four characters of the error table name.  The mapping between
+characters in the name and numeric values in the error code are defined in
+a system-independent fashion, so that two systems that can pass integral
+values between them can reliably pass error codes without loss of meaning;
+this should work even if the character sets used are not the same.
+(However, if this is to be done, error table 0 should be avoided, since the
+local system call error tables may differ.)
+
+Any variable which is to contain an error code should be declared @t{long}.
+The draft proposed American National Standard for C (as of May, 1988)
+requires that @t{long} variables be at least 32 bits; any system which does
+not support 32-bit @t{long} values cannot make use of this package (nor
+much other software that assumes an ANSI-C environment base) without
+significant effort.
+
+@node Error table source file, The error-table compiler, Error codes, Top
+@chapter Error table source file
+
+The error table source file begins with the declaration of the table name,
+as
+
+@example
+error_table @var{tablename}
+@end example
+
+Individual error codes are
+specified with
+
+@example
+error_code @var{ERROR_NAME}, @var{"text message"}
+@end example
+
+where @samp{ec} can also be used as a short form of @samp{error_code}.  To
+indicate the end of the table, use @samp{end}.  Thus, a (short) sample
+error table might be:
+
+@example
+
+        error_table     dsc
+
+        error_code      DSC_DUP_MTG_NAME,
+                        "Meeting already exists"
+
+        ec              DSC_BAD_PATH,
+                        "A bad meeting pathname was given"
+
+        ec              DSC_BAD_MODES,
+                        "Invalid mode for this access control list"
+
+        end
+
+@end example
+
+@node The error-table compiler, Run-time support routines, Error table source file, Top
+@chapter The error-table compiler
+
+The error table compiler is named @code{compile_et}.  It takes one
+argument, the pathname of a file (ending in @samp{.et}, e.g.,
+@samp{dsc_err.et}) containing an error table source file.  It parses the
+error table, and generates two output files -- a C header file
+(@samp{discuss_err.h}) which contains definitions of the numerical values
+of the error codes defined in the error table, and a C source file which
+should be compiled and linked with the executable.  The header file must be
+included in the source of a module which wishes to reference the error
+codes defined; the object module generated from the C code may be linked in
+to a program which wishes to use the printed forms of the error codes.
+
+@node Run-time support routines, Coding Conventions, The error-table compiler, Top
+@chapter Run-time support routines
+
+Any source file which uses the routines supplied with or produced by the
+com_err package should include the header file @file{<com_err.h>}.  It
+contains declarations and definitions which may be needed on some systems.
+(Some functions cannot be referenced properly without the return type
+declarations in this file.  Some functions may work properly on most
+architectures even without the header file, but relying on this is not
+recommended.)
+
+The run-time support routines and variables provided via this package
+include the following:
+
+@example
+void initialize_@var{xxxx}_error_table (void);
+@end example
+
+One of these routines is built by the error compiler for each error table.
+It makes the @var{xxxx} error table ``known'' to the error reporting
+system.  By convention, this routine should be called in the initialization
+routine of the @var{xxxx} library.  If the library has no initialization
+routine, some combination of routines which form the core of the library
+should ensure that this routine is called.  It is not advised to leave it
+the caller to make this call.
+
+There is no harm in calling this routine more than once.
+
+@example
+#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_@var{xxxx} @var{nnnnn}L
+@end example
+
+This symbol contains the value of the first error code entry in the
+specified table.
+This rarely needs be used by the
+programmer.
+
+@deftypefun const char *error_message (long @var{code});
+
+This routine returns the character string error message associated
+with @code{code}; if this is associated with an unknown error table, or
+if the code is associated with a known error table but the code is not
+in the table, a string of the form @samp{Unknown code @var{xxxx nn}} is
+returned, where @var{xxxx} is the error table name produced by
+reversing the compaction performed on the error table number implied
+by that error code, and @var{nn} is the offset from that base value.
+
+Although this routine is available for use when needed, its use should be
+left to circumstances which render @code{com_err} (below) unusable.
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void com_err (const char *@var{whoami}, long @var{error_code}, const char *@var{format}, ...);             
+
+This routine provides an alternate way to print error messages to
+standard error; it allows the error message to be passed in as a
+parameter, rather than in an external variable.  @emph{Provide grammatical
+context for ``message.''}
+
+The module reporting the error should be passed in via @var{whoami}.
+If @var{format} is @code{(char *)NULL}, the formatted message will not be
+printed.  @var{format} may not be omitted.
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void com_err_va (const char *@var{whoami}, long @var{error_code}, const char *@var{format}, va_list @var{args});
+
+This routine provides an interface, equivalent to @code{com_err} above,
+which may be used by higher-level variadic functions (functions which
+accept variable numbers of arguments).
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@deftypefun void *set_com_err_hook (void (*@var{proc}) (const char *@var{whoami}, long @var{error_code}, va_list @var{args}) (const char *@var{whoami}, long @var{error_code}, va_list @var{args}));
+
+@deftypefunx void reset_com_err_hook ();
+
+These two routines allow a routine to be dynamically substituted for
+@samp{com_err}.  After @samp{set_com_err_hook} has been called,
+calls to @samp{com_err} will turn into calls to the new hook routine.
+@samp{reset_com_err_hook} turns off this hook.  This may intended to
+be used in daemons (to use a routine which calls @cite{syslog(3)}), or
+in a window system application (which could pop up a dialogue box).
+
+If a program is to be used in an environment in which simply printing
+messages to the @code{stderr} stream would be inappropriate (such as in a
+daemon program which runs without a terminal attached),
+@code{set_com_err_hook} may be used to redirect output from @code{com_err}.
+The following is an example of an error handler which uses @cite{syslog(3)}
+as supplied in BSD 4.3:
+
+@example
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#include <syslog.h>
+
+/* extern openlog (const char * name, int logopt, int facility); */
+/* extern syslog (int priority, char * message, ...); */
+
+void hook (const char * whoami, long code,
+           const char * format, va_list args)
+@{
+    char buffer[BUFSIZ];
+    static int initialized = 0;
+    if (!initialized) @{
+        openlog (whoami,
+                 LOG_NOWAIT|LOG_CONS|LOG_PID|LOG_NDELAY,
+                 LOG_DAEMON);
+        initialized = 1;
+    @}
+    vsprintf (buffer, format, args);
+    syslog (LOG_ERR, "%s %s", error_message (code), buffer);
+@}
+@end example
+
+After making the call
+@code{set_com_err_hook (hook);},
+any calls to @code{com_err} will result in messages being sent to the
+@var{syslogd} daemon for logging.
+The name of the program, @samp{whoami}, is supplied to the
+@samp{openlog()} call, and the message is formatted into a buffer and
+passed to @code{syslog}.
+
+Note that since the extra arguments to @code{com_err} are passed by
+reference via the @code{va_list} value @code{args}, the hook routine may
+place any form of interpretation on them, including ignoring them.  For
+consistency, @code{printf}-style interpretation is suggested, via
+@code{vsprintf} (or @code{_doprnt} on BSD systems without full support for
+the ANSI C library).
+
+@end deftypefun
+
+@node Coding Conventions, Building and Installation, Run-time support routines, Top
+@chapter Coding Conventions
+
+The following conventions are just some general stylistic conventions
+to follow when writing robust libraries and programs.  Conventions
+similar to this are generally followed inside the UNIX kernel and most
+routines in the Multics operating system.  In general, a routine
+either succeeds (returning a zero error code, and doing some side
+effects in the process), or it fails, doing minimal side effects; in
+any event, any invariant which the library assumes must be maintained.
+
+In general, it is not in the domain of non user-interface library
+routines to write error messages to the user's terminal, or halt the
+process.  Such forms of ``error handling'' should be reserved for
+failures of internal invariants and consistency checks only, as it
+provides the user of the library no way to clean up for himself in the
+event of total failure.
+
+Library routines which can fail should be set up to return an error
+code.  This should usually be done as the return value of the
+function; if this is not acceptable, the routine should return a
+``null'' value, and put the error code into a parameter passed by
+reference.
+
+Routines which use the first style of interface can be used from
+user-interface levels of a program as follows:
+
+@example
+@{
+    if ((code = initialize_world(getuid(), random())) != 0) @{
+        com_err("demo", code,
+                "when trying to initialize world");
+        exit(1);
+    @}
+    if ((database = open_database("my_secrets", &code))==NULL) @{
+        com_err("demo", code,
+                "while opening my_secrets");
+        exit(1);
+    @}
+@}
+@end example
+
+A caller which fails to check the return status is in error.  It is
+possible to look for code which ignores error returns by using lint;
+look for error messages of the form ``foobar returns value which is
+sometimes ignored'' or ``foobar returns value which is always
+ignored.''
+
+Since libraries may be built out of other libraries, it is often necessary
+for the success of one routine to depend on another.  When a lower level
+routine returns an error code, the middle level routine has a few possible
+options.  It can simply return the error code to its caller after doing
+some form of cleanup, it can substitute one of its own, or it can take
+corrective action of its own and continue normally.  For instance, a
+library routine which makes a ``connect'' system call to make a network
+connection may reflect the system error code @code{ECONNREFUSED}
+(Connection refused) to its caller, or it may return a ``server not
+available, try again later,'' or it may try a different server.
+
+Cleanup which is typically necessary may include, but not be limited
+to, freeing allocated memory which will not be needed any more,
+unlocking concurrency locks, dropping reference counts, closing file
+descriptors, or otherwise undoing anything which the procedure did up
+to this point.  When there are a lot of things which can go wrong, it
+is generally good to write one block of error-handling code which is
+branched to, using a goto, in the event of failure.  A common source
+of errors in UNIX programs is failing to close file descriptors on
+error returns; this leaves a number of ``zombied'' file descriptors
+open, which eventually causes the process to run out of file
+descriptors and fall over.
+
+@example
+@{
+    FILE *f1=NULL, *f2=NULL, *f3=NULL;
+    int status = 0;
+
+    if ( (f1 = fopen(FILE1, "r")) == NULL) @{
+        status = errno;
+        goto error;
+    @}
+
+    /*
+     * Crunch for a while
+     */
+
+    if ( (f2 = fopen(FILE2, "w")) == NULL) @{
+        status = errno;
+        goto error;
+    @}
+
+    if ( (f3 = fopen(FILE3, "a+")) == NULL) @{
+        status = errno;
+            goto error;
+    @}
+
+    /*
+     * Do more processing.
+     */
+    fclose(f1);
+    fclose(f2);
+    fclose(f3);
+    return 0;
+
+error:
+    if (f1) fclose(f1);
+    if (f2) fclose(f2);
+    if (f3) fclose(f3);
+    return status;
+@}
+@end example
+
+@node Building and Installation, Bug Reports, Coding Conventions, Top
+@chapter Building and Installation
+
+The distribution of this package will probably be done as a compressed
+``tar''-format file available via anonymous FTP from SIPB.MIT.EDU.
+Retrieve @samp{pub/com_err.tar.Z} and extract the contents.  A subdirectory
+@t{profiled} should be created to hold objects compiled for profiling.
+Running ``make all'' should then be sufficient to build the library and
+error-table compiler.  The files @samp{libcom_err.a},
+@samp{libcom_err_p.a}, @samp{com_err.h}, and @samp{compile_et} should be
+installed for use; @samp{com_err.3} and @samp{compile_et.1} can also be
+installed as manual pages.
+
+@node Bug Reports, Acknowledgements, Building and Installation, Top
+@chapter Bug Reports
+
+The principal author of this library is: Ken
+Raeburn, @t{raeburn@@MIT.EDU}.  
+
+This version of the com_err library is being maintained by Theodore
+Ts'o, and so bugs and comments should be sent to @t{tytso@@thunk.org}.
+
+
+@node Acknowledgements,  , Bug Reports, Top
+@chapter Acknowledgements
+
+I would like to thank: Bill Sommerfeld, for his help with some of this
+documentation, and catching some of the bugs the first time around;
+Honeywell Information Systems, for not killing off the @emph{Multics}
+operating system before I had an opportunity to use it; Honeywell's
+customers, who persuaded them not to do so, for a while; Ted Anderson of
+CMU, for catching some problems before version 1.2 left the nest; Stan
+Zanarotti and several others of MIT's Student Information Processing Board,
+for getting us started with ``discuss,'' for which this package was
+originally written; and everyone I've talked into --- I mean, asked to read
+this document and the ``man'' pages.
+
+@contents
+@bye
diff --git a/lib/et/com_right.c b/lib/et/com_right.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a4ed535
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/com_right.c
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+/*
+ * com_right.c -- provide Heimdall / Kerberos4kth com_err interfaces
+ * 	for backwards compatibility
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 2003 by Theodore Ts'o
+ *
+ * Taken from lib/com_err/error.c from Kerberos4kth distribution.
+ *
+ * Copyright (c) 1997, 1998, 2001 Kungliga Tekniska Högskolan
+ * (Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm, Sweden).
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ *
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ *
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors
+ *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+ *    without specific prior written permission.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
+ * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+ * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
+ * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
+ * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+ * SUCH DAMAGE.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include "com_err.h"
+#include "error_table.h"
+
+const char *
+com_right(struct et_list *list, long code)
+{
+    struct et_list *p;
+    for (p = list; p; p = p->next) {
+	if (code >= p->table->base && code < p->table->base + p->table->n_msgs)
+	    return p->table->msgs[code - p->table->base];
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+const char *
+com_right_r(struct et_list *list, long code, char *str, size_t len)
+{
+    struct et_list *p;
+    for (p = list; p; p = p->next) {
+	if ((code >= p->table->base) &&
+	    (code < p->table->base + p->table->n_msgs)) {
+            strncpy(str, p->table->msgs[code - p->table->base], len);
+            str[len-1] = '\0';
+            return str;
+        }
+    }
+    return NULL;
+}
+
+struct foobar {
+    struct et_list etl;
+    struct error_table tab;
+};
+
+/*
+ * We provide this routine for compatibility with Heimdall generated
+ * foo_err.c files, but we don't use this ourselves for foo_err.c
+ * files generated by our compile_et.  This is so our foo_err.c
+ * files can be used with older com_err libraries without running
+ * afoul of dependencies.
+ */
+void
+initialize_error_table_r(struct et_list **list,
+			 const char **messages,
+			 int num_errors,
+			 long base)
+{
+    struct et_list *et, **end;
+    struct error_table *tab;
+    struct foobar *f;
+
+    for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next)
+        if (et->table->msgs == messages)
+            return;
+    f = malloc(sizeof(*f));
+    if (f == NULL)
+        return;
+    et = &f->etl;
+    et->table = tab = &f->tab;
+    tab->msgs = messages;
+    tab->n_msgs = num_errors;
+    tab->base = base;
+    et->next = NULL;
+    *end = et;
+}
+
+
+void
+free_error_table(struct et_list *et)
+{
+    while(et){
+	struct et_list *p = et;
+	et = et->next;
+	free(p);
+    }
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/compile_et.1 b/lib/et/compile_et.1
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7219441
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/compile_et.1
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+.\" Copyright (c) 1988 Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
+.\" Student Information Processing Board.  All rights reserved.
+.\"
+.\" $Header$
+.\"
+.TH COMPILE_ET 1 "30 Mar 1998" SIPB
+.SH NAME
+compile_et \- error table compiler
+.SH SYNOPSIS
+.B compile_et
+file
+.SH DESCRIPTION
+.B Compile_et
+converts a table listing error-code names and associated messages into
+a C source file suitable for use with the
+.IR com_err (3)
+library.
+
+The source file name must end with a suffix of ``.et''; the file
+consists of a declaration supplying the name (up to four characters
+long) of the error-code table:
+
+.B error_table
+.I name
+
+followed by up to 256 entries of the form:
+
+.B error_code
+.I name,
+"
+.I string
+"
+
+and a final
+
+.B end
+
+to indicate the end of the table.
+
+The name of the table is used to construct the name of a subroutine
+.I initialize_XXXX_error_table
+which must be called in order for the
+.I com_err
+library to recognize the error table.
+
+The various error codes defined are assigned sequentially increasing
+numbers (starting with a large number computed as a hash function of
+the name of the table); thus for compatibility it is suggested that
+new codes be added only to the end of an existing table, and that no
+codes be removed from tables.
+
+The names defined in the table are placed into a C header file with
+preprocessor directives defining them as integer constants of up to
+32 bits in magnitude.
+
+A C source file is also generated which should be compiled and linked
+with the object files which reference these error codes; it contains
+the text of the messages and the initialization subroutine.  Both C
+files have names derived from that of the original source file, with
+the ``.et'' suffix replaced by ``.c'' and ``.h''.
+
+A ``#'' in the source file is treated as a comment character, and all
+remaining text to the end of the source line will be ignored.
+
+.SH BUGS
+
+Since the original
+.B compile_et
+uses a very simple parser based on
+.IR yacc (1), 
+and this current version of 
+.B compile_et
+uses an awk/sed combination of scripts, 
+its error recovery leaves much to be desired.
+
+.\" .IR for manual entries
+.\" .PP for paragraph breaks
+
+.SH "SEE ALSO"
+com_err (3).
+
+Ken Raeburn, "A Common Error Description Library for UNIX".
diff --git a/lib/et/compile_et.sh.in b/lib/et/compile_et.sh.in
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3cba7c7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/compile_et.sh.in
@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+#!/bin/sh
+#
+#
+
+AWK=@AWK@
+DIR=@datadir@/et
+
+if test "$1" = "--build-tree" ; then
+    shift;
+    DIR="$ET_DIR"
+fi
+
+if test "x$1" = x ; then
+    echo "Usage: compile_et file"
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+for as_var in \
+  LANG LANGUAGE LC_ADDRESS LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_IDENTIFICATION \
+  LC_MEASUREMENT LC_MESSAGES LC_MONETARY LC_NAME LC_NUMERIC LC_PAPER \
+  LC_TELEPHONE LC_TIME
+do
+  if (set +x; test -z "`(eval $as_var=C; export $as_var) 2>&1`"); then
+    eval $as_var=C; export $as_var
+  else
+    $as_unset $as_var
+  fi
+done
+
+if test -n "$_ET_DIR_OVERRIDE" ; then
+    DIR="$_ET_DIR_OVERRIDE";
+fi
+
+if test ! -f "$DIR/et_h.awk" || test ! -f "$DIR/et_c.awk" ; then
+    echo "compile_et: Couldn't find compile_et's template files."
+    exit 1
+fi
+
+ROOT=`echo $1 | sed -e s/.et$//`
+BASE=`basename $ROOT`
+
+if test ! -f "$ROOT.et" ; then
+    echo "compile_et: $ROOT.et: File not found"
+    exit 1;
+fi
+
+$AWK -f "${DIR}/et_h.awk" "outfile=${BASE}.h.$$" "outfn=${BASE}.h" "$ROOT.et"
+if test -f ${BASE}.h && cmp -s ${BASE}.h.$$ ${BASE}.h ; then
+    rm -f ${BASE}.h.$$
+else
+    mv -f ${BASE}.h.$$ ${BASE}.h
+    chmod a-w ${BASE}.h
+fi
+$AWK -f "${DIR}/et_c.awk" "outfile=${BASE}.c.$$" "outfn=${BASE}.c" "$ROOT.et"
+if test -f ${BASE}.c && cmp -s ${BASE}.c.$$ ${BASE}.c ; then
+    rm -f ${BASE}.c.$$
+else
+    mv -f ${BASE}.c.$$ ${BASE}.c
+    chmod a-w ${BASE}.c
+fi
diff --git a/lib/et/error_message.c b/lib/et/error_message.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8b9474f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/error_message.c
@@ -0,0 +1,355 @@
+/*
+ * $Header$
+ * $Source$
+ * $Locker$
+ *
+ * Copyright 1987 by the Student Information Processing Board
+ * of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
+ * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that
+ * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
+ * without specific, written prior permission.  M.I.T. and the
+ * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without
+ * express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_PRCTL_H
+#include <sys/prctl.h>
+#else
+#define PR_GET_DUMPABLE 3
+#endif
+#if (!defined(HAVE_PRCTL) && defined(linux))
+#include <sys/syscall.h>
+#endif
+#ifdef HAVE_SEMAPHORE_H
+#include <semaphore.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_FCNTL
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#endif
+#include "com_err.h"
+#include "error_table.h"
+#include "internal.h"
+
+#ifdef TLS
+#define THREAD_LOCAL static TLS
+#else
+#define THREAD_LOCAL static
+#endif
+
+THREAD_LOCAL char buffer[25];
+
+struct et_list * _et_list = (struct et_list *) NULL;
+struct et_list * _et_dynamic_list = (struct et_list *) NULL;
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#define COMERR_ATTR(x) __attribute__(x)
+#else
+#define COMERR_ATTR(x)
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SEM_INIT
+static sem_t _et_lock;
+static int _et_lock_initialized;
+
+static void COMERR_ATTR((constructor)) setup_et_lock(void)
+{
+	sem_init(&_et_lock, 0, 1);
+	_et_lock_initialized = 1;
+}
+
+static void COMERR_ATTR((destructor)) fini_et_lock(void)
+{
+	sem_destroy(&_et_lock);
+	_et_lock_initialized = 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+int et_list_lock(void)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SEM_INIT
+	if (!_et_lock_initialized)
+		setup_et_lock();
+	return sem_wait(&_et_lock);
+#else
+	return 0;
+#endif
+}
+
+int et_list_unlock(void)
+{
+#ifdef HAVE_SEM_INIT
+	if (_et_lock_initialized)
+		return sem_post(&_et_lock);
+#endif
+	return 0;
+}
+
+typedef char *(*gettextf) (const char *);
+
+static gettextf com_err_gettext = NULL;
+
+gettextf set_com_err_gettext(gettextf new_proc)
+{
+    gettextf x = com_err_gettext;
+
+    com_err_gettext = new_proc;
+
+    return x;
+}
+
+#ifdef __GNU__
+#define SYS_ERR_BASE 0x40000000
+#else
+#define SYS_ERR_BASE 0
+#endif
+
+const char * error_message (errcode_t code)
+{
+    int offset;
+    struct et_list *et;
+    errcode_t table_num;
+    int started = 0;
+    char *cp;
+
+    offset = (int) (code & ((1<<ERRCODE_RANGE)-1));
+    table_num = code - offset;
+    if (table_num == SYS_ERR_BASE) {
+#ifdef HAS_SYS_ERRLIST
+	if (code < sys_nerr)
+	    return(sys_errlist[code]);
+	else
+	    goto oops;
+#else
+	cp = strerror(code);
+	if (cp)
+	    return(cp);
+	else
+	    goto oops;
+#endif
+    }
+    et_list_lock();
+    for (et = _et_list; et; et = et->next) {
+	if ((et->table->base & 0xffffffL) == (table_num & 0xffffffL)) {
+	    /* This is the right table */
+	    if (et->table->n_msgs <= offset) {
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		const char *msg = et->table->msgs[offset];
+		et_list_unlock();
+		if (com_err_gettext)
+		    return (*com_err_gettext)(msg);
+		else
+		    return msg;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    for (et = _et_dynamic_list; et; et = et->next) {
+	if ((et->table->base & 0xffffffL) == (table_num & 0xffffffL)) {
+	    /* This is the right table */
+	    if (et->table->n_msgs <= offset) {
+		break;
+	    } else {
+		const char *msg = et->table->msgs[offset];
+		et_list_unlock();
+		if (com_err_gettext)
+		    return (*com_err_gettext)(msg);
+		else
+		    return msg;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
+    et_list_unlock();
+oops:
+    strcpy (buffer, "Unknown code ");
+    if (table_num) {
+	strcat (buffer, error_table_name (table_num));
+	strcat (buffer, " ");
+    }
+    for (cp = buffer; *cp; cp++)
+	;
+    if (offset >= 100) {
+	*cp++ = '0' + offset / 100;
+	offset %= 100;
+	started++;
+    }
+    if (started || offset >= 10) {
+	*cp++ = '0' + offset / 10;
+	offset %= 10;
+    }
+    *cp++ = '0' + offset;
+    *cp = '\0';
+    return(buffer);
+}
+
+/*
+ * This routine will only return a value if the we are not running as
+ * a privileged process.
+ */
+static char *safe_getenv(const char *arg)
+{
+#if !defined(_WIN32)
+	if ((getuid() != geteuid()) || (getgid() != getegid()))
+		return NULL;
+#endif
+#if HAVE_PRCTL
+	if (prctl(PR_GET_DUMPABLE, 0, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
+		return NULL;
+#else
+#if (defined(linux) && defined(SYS_prctl))
+	if (syscall(SYS_prctl, PR_GET_DUMPABLE, 0, 0, 0, 0) == 0)
+		return NULL;
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(HAVE_SECURE_GETENV)
+	return secure_getenv(arg);
+#elif defined(HAVE___SECURE_GETENV)
+	return __secure_getenv(arg);
+#else
+	return getenv(arg);
+#endif
+}
+
+#define DEBUG_INIT	0x8000
+#define DEBUG_ADDREMOVE 0x0001
+
+static int debug_mask = 0;
+static FILE *debug_f = 0;
+
+static void init_debug(void)
+{
+	char	*dstr, *fn, *tmp;
+
+	if (debug_mask & DEBUG_INIT)
+		return;
+
+	dstr = getenv("COMERR_DEBUG");
+	if (dstr) {
+		debug_mask = strtoul(dstr, &tmp, 0);
+		if (*tmp || errno)
+			debug_mask = 0;
+	}
+
+	debug_mask |= DEBUG_INIT;
+	if (debug_mask == DEBUG_INIT)
+		return;
+
+	fn = safe_getenv("COMERR_DEBUG_FILE");
+	if (fn)
+		debug_f = fopen(fn, "a");
+	if (!debug_f)
+		debug_f = fopen("/dev/tty", "a");
+	if (debug_f) {
+#ifdef HAVE_FCNTL
+		int fd = fileno(debug_f);
+
+		if (fd >= 0) {
+			int flags = fcntl(fd, F_GETFD);
+
+			if (flags >= 0)
+				flags = fcntl(fd, F_SETFD, flags | FD_CLOEXEC);
+			if (flags < 0) {
+				fprintf(debug_f, "Couldn't set FD_CLOEXEC "
+					"on debug FILE: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+				fclose(debug_f);
+				debug_f = NULL;
+				debug_mask = DEBUG_INIT;
+			}
+		}
+#endif
+	} else
+		debug_mask = DEBUG_INIT;
+}
+
+/*
+ * New interface provided by krb5's com_err library
+ */
+errcode_t add_error_table(const struct error_table * et)
+{
+	struct et_list *el;
+
+	if (!(el = (struct et_list *) malloc(sizeof(struct et_list))))
+		return ENOMEM;
+
+	if (et_list_lock() != 0) {
+		free(el);
+		return errno;
+	}
+
+	el->table = et;
+	el->next = _et_dynamic_list;
+	_et_dynamic_list = el;
+
+	init_debug();
+	if (debug_mask & DEBUG_ADDREMOVE)
+		fprintf(debug_f, "add_error_table: %s (0x%p)\n",
+			error_table_name(et->base),
+			(const void *) et);
+
+	et_list_unlock();
+	return 0;
+}
+
+/*
+ * New interface provided by krb5's com_err library
+ */
+errcode_t remove_error_table(const struct error_table * et)
+{
+	struct et_list *el;
+	struct et_list *el2 = 0;
+
+	if (et_list_lock() != 0)
+		return ENOENT;
+
+	el = _et_dynamic_list;
+	init_debug();
+	while (el) {
+		if (el->table->base == et->base) {
+			if (el2)	/* Not the beginning of the list */
+				el2->next = el->next;
+			else
+				_et_dynamic_list = el->next;
+			(void) free(el);
+			if (debug_mask & DEBUG_ADDREMOVE)
+				fprintf(debug_f,
+					"remove_error_table: %s (0x%p)\n",
+					error_table_name(et->base),
+					(const void *) et);
+			et_list_unlock();
+			return 0;
+		}
+		el2 = el;
+		el = el->next;
+	}
+	if (debug_mask & DEBUG_ADDREMOVE)
+		fprintf(debug_f, "remove_error_table FAILED: %s (0x%p)\n",
+			error_table_name(et->base),
+			(const void *) et);
+	et_list_unlock();
+	return ENOENT;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Variant of the interface provided by Heimdal's com_err library
+ */
+void
+add_to_error_table(struct et_list *new_table)
+{
+	add_error_table(new_table->table);
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/error_table.h b/lib/et/error_table.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..24e4762
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/error_table.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1988 by the Student Information Processing Board of the
+ * Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
+ * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that
+ * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
+ * without specific, written prior permission.  M.I.T. and the
+ * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without
+ * express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ET_H
+
+struct et_list {
+    struct et_list *next;
+    const struct error_table *table;
+};
+extern struct et_list *_et_list, *_et_dynamic_list;
+
+#define	ERRCODE_RANGE	8	/* # of bits to shift table number */
+#define	BITS_PER_CHAR	6	/* # bits to shift per character in name */
+
+extern const char *error_table_name(errcode_t num);
+
+#define _ET_H
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/et/et_c.awk b/lib/et/et_c.awk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99c33ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/et_c.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
+BEGIN { 
+if ( length(outfn) == 0) {
+	outfn = outfile
+}
+char_shift=64
+## "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_";
+c2n["A"]=1
+c2n["B"]=2
+c2n["C"]=3
+c2n["D"]=4
+c2n["E"]=5
+c2n["F"]=6
+c2n["G"]=7
+c2n["H"]=8
+c2n["I"]=9
+c2n["J"]=10
+c2n["K"]=11
+c2n["L"]=12
+c2n["M"]=13
+c2n["N"]=14
+c2n["O"]=15
+c2n["P"]=16
+c2n["Q"]=17
+c2n["R"]=18
+c2n["S"]=19
+c2n["T"]=20
+c2n["U"]=21
+c2n["V"]=22
+c2n["W"]=23
+c2n["X"]=24
+c2n["Y"]=25
+c2n["Z"]=26
+c2n["a"]=27
+c2n["b"]=28
+c2n["c"]=29
+c2n["d"]=30
+c2n["e"]=31
+c2n["f"]=32
+c2n["g"]=33
+c2n["h"]=34
+c2n["i"]=35
+c2n["j"]=36
+c2n["k"]=37
+c2n["l"]=38
+c2n["m"]=39
+c2n["n"]=40
+c2n["o"]=41
+c2n["p"]=42
+c2n["q"]=43
+c2n["r"]=44
+c2n["s"]=45
+c2n["t"]=46
+c2n["u"]=47
+c2n["v"]=48
+c2n["w"]=49
+c2n["x"]=50
+c2n["y"]=51
+c2n["z"]=52
+c2n["0"]=53
+c2n["1"]=54
+c2n["2"]=55
+c2n["3"]=56
+c2n["4"]=57
+c2n["5"]=58
+c2n["6"]=59
+c2n["7"]=60
+c2n["8"]=61
+c2n["9"]=62
+c2n["_"]=63
+}
+/^#/ { next }
+/^[ \t]*(error_table|et)[ \t]+[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]+/ {
+	table_number = 0
+	mod_base = 1000000
+	if (NF > 2) {
+	    table_name = $3
+	    base_name = $2
+	} else {
+	    table_name = $2
+	    base_name = table_name
+	}
+	for(i=1; i<=length(base_name); i++) {
+	    table_number=(table_number*char_shift)+c2n[substr(base_name,i,1)]
+	}
+
+	# We start playing *_high, *low games here because the some
+	# awk programs do not have the necessary precision (sigh)
+	tab_base_low = table_number % mod_base
+	if (tab_base_low < 0) {
+		# Work around stupid bug in the ARM libm
+		tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base
+	}
+	tab_base_high = int(table_number / mod_base)
+	tab_base_sign = 1;
+
+	# figure out: table_number_base=table_number*256
+	tab_base_low = tab_base_low * 256
+	tab_base_high = (tab_base_high * 256) + \
+			int(tab_base_low / mod_base)
+	tab_base_low = tab_base_low % mod_base
+	if (tab_base_low < 0) {
+		# Work around stupid bug in the ARM libm
+		tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base
+	}
+
+	if (table_number > 128*256*256) {
+		# figure out:  table_number_base -= 256*256*256*256
+		# sub_high, sub_low is 256*256*256*256
+		sub_low = 256*256*256 % mod_base
+		sub_high = int(256*256*256 / mod_base)
+
+		sub_low = sub_low * 256
+		sub_high = (sub_high * 256) + int(sub_low / mod_base)
+		sub_low = sub_low % mod_base
+
+		tab_base_low = sub_low - tab_base_low;
+		tab_base_high = sub_high - tab_base_high;
+		tab_base_sign = -1;
+		if (tab_base_low < 0) {
+			tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base
+			tab_base_high--
+		}
+	}
+	print "/*" > outfile
+	print " * " outfn ":" > outfile
+	print " * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it." > outfile
+	print " */" > outfile
+
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "#include <stdlib.h>" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "#define N_(a) a" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "static const char * const text[] = {" > outfile
+	table_item_count = 0
+}
+
+(continuation == 1) && ($0 ~ /\\[ \t]*$/) {
+	text=substr($0,1,length($0)-1);
+#	printf "\t\t\"%s\"\n", text > outfile
+	cont_buf=cont_buf text;
+}
+
+(continuation == 1) && ($0 ~ /"[ \t]*$/) {
+#	printf "\t\t\"%s,\n", $0 > outfile
+	printf "\tN_(%s),\n", cont_buf $0 > outfile
+	continuation = 0;
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,[^ \t]/ {
+	# Be tolerant to missing whitespace after `,' ...
+	sub(/,/, ", ")
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,[ \t]*$/ {
+	table_item_count++
+	skipone=1
+	next
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,[ \t]*".*"[ \t]*$/ {
+	text=""
+	for (i=3; i<=NF; i++) { 
+	    text = text FS $i
+	}
+	text=substr(text,2,length(text)-1);
+	printf "\tN_(%s),\n", text > outfile
+	table_item_count++
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,[ \t]*".*\\[ \t]*$/ {
+	text=""
+	for (i=3; i<=NF; i++) { 
+	    text = text FS $i
+	}
+	text=substr(text,2,length(text)-2);
+#	printf "\t%s\"\n", text > outfile
+	cont_buf=text
+	table_item_count++
+	continuation++;
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*".*\\[ \t]*$/ {
+	if (skipone) {
+	    text=substr($0,1,length($0)-1);
+#	    printf "\t%s\"\n", text > outfile
+	    cont_buf=text
+	    continuation++;
+	}
+	skipone=0
+}
+
+{ 
+	if (skipone) {
+	    printf "\tN_(%s),\n", $0 > outfile
+	}
+	skipone=0
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(prefix)$/ {
+	prefix_str = ""
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(prefix)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+/ {
+	prefix_str = $2 "_"
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(index)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+/ {
+	new_idx = $2
+	for (i = table_item_count ; i < new_idx; i++) {
+		printf "\tN_(\"Reserved %s error (%d)\"),\n", \
+			table_name, table_item_count++ > outfile
+	}
+}
+
+END {
+	print "    0" > outfile
+	print "};" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "struct error_table {" > outfile
+	print "    char const * const * msgs;" > outfile
+	print "    long base;" > outfile
+	print "    int n_msgs;" > outfile
+	print "};" > outfile
+	print "struct et_list {" > outfile
+	print "    struct et_list *next;" > outfile
+	print "    const struct error_table * table;" > outfile
+	print "};" > outfile
+	print "extern struct et_list *_et_list;" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	if (tab_base_high == 0) {
+		print "const struct error_table et_" table_name "_error_table = { text, " \
+		sprintf("%dL, %d };", tab_base_sign*tab_base_low, \
+		table_item_count) > outfile
+	} else {
+		print "const struct error_table et_" table_name "_error_table = { text, " \
+		sprintf("%d%06dL, %d };", tab_base_sign*tab_base_high, \
+		tab_base_low, table_item_count) > outfile
+	}
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 };" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "void initialize_" table_name "_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);" > outfile
+	print "void initialize_" table_name "_error_table(void);" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "void initialize_" table_name "_error_table(void) {" > outfile
+	print "    initialize_" table_name "_error_table_r(&_et_list);" > outfile
+	print "}" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "/* For Heimdal compatibility */" > outfile
+	print "void initialize_" table_name "_error_table_r(struct et_list **list)" > outfile
+	print "{" > outfile
+	print "    struct et_list *et, **end;" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "    for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next)" > outfile
+	print "        if (et->table->msgs == text)" > outfile
+	print "            return;" > outfile
+	print "    et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list));" > outfile
+	print "    if (et == 0) {" > outfile
+	print "        if (!link.table)" > outfile
+	print "            et = &link;" > outfile
+	print "        else" > outfile
+	print "            return;" > outfile
+	print "    }" > outfile
+	print "    et->table = &et_" table_name "_error_table;" > outfile
+	print "    et->next = 0;" > outfile
+	print "    *end = et;" > outfile
+	print "}" > outfile
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/et_h.awk b/lib/et/et_h.awk
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8337121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/et_h.awk
@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@
+BEGIN { 
+if ( length(outfn) == 0) {
+	outfn = outfile
+}
+char_shift=64
+## "ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_";
+c2n["A"]=1
+c2n["B"]=2
+c2n["C"]=3
+c2n["D"]=4
+c2n["E"]=5
+c2n["F"]=6
+c2n["G"]=7
+c2n["H"]=8
+c2n["I"]=9
+c2n["J"]=10
+c2n["K"]=11
+c2n["L"]=12
+c2n["M"]=13
+c2n["N"]=14
+c2n["O"]=15
+c2n["P"]=16
+c2n["Q"]=17
+c2n["R"]=18
+c2n["S"]=19
+c2n["T"]=20
+c2n["U"]=21
+c2n["V"]=22
+c2n["W"]=23
+c2n["X"]=24
+c2n["Y"]=25
+c2n["Z"]=26
+c2n["a"]=27
+c2n["b"]=28
+c2n["c"]=29
+c2n["d"]=30
+c2n["e"]=31
+c2n["f"]=32
+c2n["g"]=33
+c2n["h"]=34
+c2n["i"]=35
+c2n["j"]=36
+c2n["k"]=37
+c2n["l"]=38
+c2n["m"]=39
+c2n["n"]=40
+c2n["o"]=41
+c2n["p"]=42
+c2n["q"]=43
+c2n["r"]=44
+c2n["s"]=45
+c2n["t"]=46
+c2n["u"]=47
+c2n["v"]=48
+c2n["w"]=49
+c2n["x"]=50
+c2n["y"]=51
+c2n["z"]=52
+c2n["0"]=53
+c2n["1"]=54
+c2n["2"]=55
+c2n["3"]=56
+c2n["4"]=57
+c2n["5"]=58
+c2n["6"]=59
+c2n["7"]=60
+c2n["8"]=61
+c2n["9"]=62
+c2n["_"]=63
+}
+/^#/ { next }
+/^[ \t]*(error_table|et)[ \t]+[a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z0-9_]+/ {
+	table_number = 0
+	mod_base = 1000000
+	if (NF > 2) {
+	    table_name = $3
+	    base_name = $2
+	} else {
+	    table_name = $2
+	    base_name = table_name
+	}
+	for(i=1; i<=length(base_name); i++) {
+	    table_number=(table_number*char_shift)+c2n[substr(base_name,i,1)]
+	}
+	# We start playing *_high, *low games here because the some
+	# awk programs do not have the necessary precision (sigh)
+	tab_base_low = table_number % mod_base
+	if (tab_base_low < 0) {
+		# Work around stupid bug in the ARM libm
+		tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base
+	}
+	tab_base_high = int(table_number / mod_base)
+	tab_base_sign = 1;
+
+	# figure out: table_number_base=table_number*256
+	tab_base_low = tab_base_low * 256
+	tab_base_high = (tab_base_high * 256) + \
+			int(tab_base_low / mod_base)
+	tab_base_low = tab_base_low % mod_base
+	if (tab_base_low < 0) {
+		# Work around stupid bug in the ARM libm
+		tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base
+	}
+
+	if (table_number > 128*256*256) {
+		# figure out:  table_number_base -= 256*256*256*256
+		# sub_high, sub_low is 256*256*256*256
+		sub_low = 256*256*256 % mod_base
+		sub_high = int(256*256*256 / mod_base)
+
+		sub_low = sub_low * 256
+		sub_high = (sub_high * 256) + int(sub_low / mod_base)
+		sub_low = sub_low % mod_base
+
+		tab_base_low = sub_low - tab_base_low;
+		tab_base_high = sub_high - tab_base_high;
+		tab_base_sign = -1;
+		if (tab_base_low < 0) {
+			tab_base_low = tab_base_low + mod_base
+			tab_base_high--
+		}
+	}
+	prefix_str = ""
+	curr_idx = 0
+	curr_low = tab_base_low
+	curr_high = tab_base_high
+	curr_sign = tab_base_sign
+	print "/*" > outfile
+	print " * " outfn ":" > outfile
+	print " * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it." > outfile
+	print " */" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "#include <et/com_err.h>" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(error_code|ec)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+,/ {
+	# Be tolerant to missing whitespace after `,' ...
+	sub(/,/, ", ")
+
+	tag=prefix_str substr($2,1,length($2)-1)
+	if (curr_high == 0) {
+		printf "#define %-40s (%dL)\n", tag, \
+			curr_sign*curr_low > outfile
+	} else {
+		printf "#define %-40s (%d%06dL)\n", tag, curr_high*curr_sign, \
+			curr_low > outfile
+	}
+	curr_low += curr_sign;
+	curr_idx++;
+	if (curr_low >= mod_base) {
+		curr_low -= mod_base;
+		curr_high++
+	}
+	if (curr_low < 0) {
+		cur_low += mod_base
+		cur_high--
+	}
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(prefix)$/ {
+	prefix_str = ""
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(prefix)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+/ {
+	prefix_str = $2 "_"
+}
+
+/^[ \t]*(index)[ \t]+[A-Z_0-9]+/ {
+	new_idx = $2
+	curr_low += curr_sign * (new_idx - curr_idx)
+	curr_idx = new_idx
+	if (curr_low >= mod_base) {
+		curr_low -= mod_base;
+		curr_high++
+	}
+	if (curr_low < 0) {
+		cur_low += mod_base
+		cur_high--
+	}
+}
+
+
+END {
+	print "extern const struct error_table et_" table_name "_error_table;" > outfile
+	print "extern void initialize_" table_name "_error_table(void);" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "/* For compatibility with Heimdal */" > outfile
+	print "extern void initialize_" table_name "_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);" > outfile
+	print "" > outfile
+	if (tab_base_high == 0) {
+		print "#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_" table_name " (" \
+			sprintf("%d", tab_base_sign*tab_base_low) \
+			"L)" > outfile
+	} else {
+		print "#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_" table_name " (" \
+			sprintf("%d%06d", tab_base_sign*tab_base_high, \
+			tab_base_low) "L)" > outfile
+	}
+	print "" > outfile
+	print "/* for compatibility with older versions... */" > outfile
+	print "#define init_" table_name "_err_tbl initialize_" table_name "_error_table" > outfile
+	print "#define " table_name "_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_" table_name > outfile
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/et_name.c b/lib/et/et_name.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9a3e87
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/et_name.c
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright 1987 by MIT Student Information Processing Board
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
+ * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that
+ * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
+ * without specific, written prior permission.  M.I.T. and the
+ * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without
+ * express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include "com_err.h"
+#include "error_table.h"
+#include "internal.h"
+
+static const char char_set[] =
+	"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789_";
+
+static char buf[6];
+
+const char * error_table_name(errcode_t num)
+{
+    int ch;
+    int i;
+    char *p;
+
+    /* num = aa aaa abb bbb bcc ccc cdd ddd d?? ??? ??? */
+    p = buf;
+    num >>= ERRCODE_RANGE;
+    /* num = ?? ??? ??? aaa aaa bbb bbb ccc ccc ddd ddd */
+    num &= 077777777L;
+    /* num = 00 000 000 aaa aaa bbb bbb ccc ccc ddd ddd */
+    for (i = 4; i >= 0; i--) {
+	ch = (int)((num >> BITS_PER_CHAR * i) & ((1 << BITS_PER_CHAR) - 1));
+	if (ch != 0)
+	    *p++ = char_set[ch-1];
+    }
+    *p = '\0';
+    return(buf);
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/init_et.c b/lib/et/init_et.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..772660d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/init_et.c
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/*
+ * $Header$
+ * $Source$
+ * $Locker$
+ *
+ * Copyright 1986, 1987, 1988 by MIT Information Systems and
+ *	the MIT Student Information Processing Board.
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
+ * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that
+ * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
+ * without specific, written prior permission.  M.I.T. and the
+ * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without
+ * express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#include "com_err.h"
+#include "error_table.h"
+
+struct foobar {
+    struct et_list etl;
+    struct error_table et;
+};
+
+extern struct et_list * _et_dynamic_list;
+
+int init_error_table(const char * const *msgs, long base, int count)
+{
+    struct foobar * new_et;
+
+    if (!base || !count || !msgs)
+	return 0;
+
+    new_et = (struct foobar *) malloc(sizeof(struct foobar));
+    if (!new_et)
+	return ENOMEM;	/* oops */
+    new_et->etl.table = &new_et->et;
+    new_et->et.msgs = msgs;
+    new_et->et.base = base;
+    new_et->et.n_msgs= count;
+
+    new_et->etl.next = _et_dynamic_list;
+    _et_dynamic_list = &new_et->etl;
+    return 0;
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/internal.h b/lib/et/internal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d16f373
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/internal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/*
+ * internal include file for com_err package
+ *
+ * Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and
+ * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted, provided that
+ * the names of M.I.T. and the M.I.T. S.I.P.B. not be used in
+ * advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the software
+ * without specific, written prior permission.  M.I.T. and the
+ * M.I.T. S.I.P.B. make no representations about the suitability of
+ * this software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without
+ * express or implied warranty.
+ */
+
+#include <errno.h>
+
+#ifdef NEED_SYS_ERRLIST
+extern char const * const sys_errlist[];
+extern const int sys_nerr;
+#endif
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.c b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1207897
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.c
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/*
+ * continuation.c:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define N_(a) a
+
+static const char * const text[] = {
+	N_("New password was found in a dictionary of possible passwords and\ntherefore may be easily guessed. Please choose another password.\nSee the ovpasswd man page for help in choosing a good password."),
+    0
+};
+
+struct error_table {
+    char const * const * msgs;
+    long base;
+    int n_msgs;
+};
+struct et_list {
+    struct et_list *next;
+    const struct error_table * table;
+};
+extern struct et_list *_et_list;
+
+const struct error_table et_ovk_error_table = { text, 43787520L, 1 };
+
+static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 };
+
+void initialize_ovk_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+void initialize_ovk_error_table(void);
+
+void initialize_ovk_error_table(void) {
+    initialize_ovk_error_table_r(&_et_list);
+}
+
+/* For Heimdal compatibility */
+void initialize_ovk_error_table_r(struct et_list **list)
+{
+    struct et_list *et, **end;
+
+    for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next)
+        if (et->table->msgs == text)
+            return;
+    et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list));
+    if (et == 0) {
+        if (!link.table)
+            et = &link;
+        else
+            return;
+    }
+    et->table = &et_ovk_error_table;
+    et->next = 0;
+    *end = et;
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.et b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.et
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64d1674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.et
@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+	error_table	ovk
+
+error_code CHPASS_UTIL_PASSWORD_IN_DICTIONARY,
+"New password was found in a dictionary of possible passwords and\n\
+therefore may be easily guessed. Please choose another password.\n\
+See the ovpasswd man page for help in choosing a good password."
+
+	end
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.h b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9cfe602
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/continuation.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/*
+ * continuation.h:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <et/com_err.h>
+
+#define CHPASS_UTIL_PASSWORD_IN_DICTIONARY       (43787520L)
+extern const struct error_table et_ovk_error_table;
+extern void initialize_ovk_error_table(void);
+
+/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
+extern void initialize_ovk_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+
+#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_ovk (43787520L)
+
+/* for compatibility with older versions... */
+#define init_ovk_err_tbl initialize_ovk_error_table
+#define ovk_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_ovk
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.c b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d9be4ce
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.c
@@ -0,0 +1,136 @@
+/*
+ * heimdal.c:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define N_(a) a
+
+static const char * const text[] = {
+	N_("Kerberos successful"),
+	N_("Kerberos principal expired"),
+	N_("Kerberos service expired"),
+	N_("Kerberos auth expired"),
+	N_("Incorrect kerberos master key version"),
+	N_("Incorrect kerberos master key version"),
+	N_("Incorrect kerberos master key version"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: byte order unknown"),
+	N_("Kerberos principal unknown"),
+	N_("Kerberos principal not unique"),
+	N_("Kerberos principal has null key"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (11)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (12)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (13)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (14)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (15)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (16)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (17)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (18)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (19)"),
+	N_("Generic error from Kerberos KDC"),
+	N_("Can't read Kerberos ticket file"),
+	N_("Can't find Kerberos ticket or TGT"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (23)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (24)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (25)"),
+	N_("Kerberos TGT Expired"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (27)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (28)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (29)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (30)"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: Can't decode authenticator"),
+	N_("Kerberos ticket expired"),
+	N_("Kerberos ticket not yet valid"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: Repeated request"),
+	N_("The kerberos ticket isn't for us"),
+	N_("Kerberos request inconsistent"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: delta_t too big"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: incorrect net address"),
+	N_("Kerberos protocol version mismatch"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: invalid msg type"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: message stream modified"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: message out of order"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: unauthorized request"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (44)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (45)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (46)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (47)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (48)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (49)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (50)"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: current PW is null"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: Incorrect current password"),
+	N_("Kerberos protocol error"),
+	N_("Error returned by Kerberos KDC"),
+	N_("Null Kerberos ticket returned by KDC"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: Retry count exceeded"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: Can't send request"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (58)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (59)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (60)"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: not all tickets returned"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: incorrect password"),
+	N_("Kerberos error: Protocol Error"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (64)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (65)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (66)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (67)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (68)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (69)"),
+	N_("Other error"),
+	N_("Don't have Kerberos ticket-granting ticket"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (72)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (73)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (74)"),
+	N_("Reserved krb error (75)"),
+	N_("No ticket file found"),
+	N_("Couldn't access ticket file"),
+	N_("Couldn't lock ticket file"),
+	N_("Bad ticket file format"),
+	N_("tf_init not called first"),
+	N_("Bad Kerberos name format"),
+    0
+};
+
+struct error_table {
+    char const * const * msgs;
+    long base;
+    int n_msgs;
+};
+struct et_list {
+    struct et_list *next;
+    const struct error_table * table;
+};
+extern struct et_list *_et_list;
+
+const struct error_table et_krb_error_table = { text, 39525376L, 82 };
+
+static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 };
+
+void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+void initialize_krb_error_table(void);
+
+void initialize_krb_error_table(void) {
+    initialize_krb_error_table_r(&_et_list);
+}
+
+/* For Heimdal compatibility */
+void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list)
+{
+    struct et_list *et, **end;
+
+    for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next)
+        if (et->table->msgs == text)
+            return;
+    et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list));
+    if (et == 0) {
+        if (!link.table)
+            et = &link;
+        else
+            return;
+    }
+    et->table = &et_krb_error_table;
+    et->next = 0;
+    *end = et;
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.et b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.et
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9dce192
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.et
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+#	Copyright 1987,1988 Massachusetts Institute of Technology
+#
+#	For copying and distribution information, see the file
+#	"mit-copyright.h".
+# 
+# This might look like a com_err file, but is not
+#
+id "$Id: krb_err.et,v 1.7 1998/03/29 14:19:52 bg Exp $"
+
+error_table krb
+
+prefix KRBET
+ec KSUCCESS,		"Kerberos successful"
+ec KDC_NAME_EXP,	"Kerberos principal expired"
+ec KDC_SERVICE_EXP,	"Kerberos service expired"
+ec KDC_AUTH_EXP,	"Kerberos auth expired"
+ec KDC_PKT_VER,		"Incorrect kerberos master key version"
+ec KDC_P_MKEY_VER,	"Incorrect kerberos master key version"
+ec KDC_S_MKEY_VER,	"Incorrect kerberos master key version"
+ec KDC_BYTE_ORDER,	"Kerberos error: byte order unknown"
+ec KDC_PR_UNKNOWN,	"Kerberos principal unknown"
+ec KDC_PR_N_UNIQUE,	"Kerberos principal not unique"
+ec KDC_NULL_KEY,	"Kerberos principal has null key"
+index 20
+ec KDC_GEN_ERR,		"Generic error from Kerberos KDC"
+ec GC_TKFIL,		"Can't read Kerberos ticket file"
+ec GC_NOTKT,		"Can't find Kerberos ticket or TGT"
+index 26
+ec MK_AP_TGTEXP,	"Kerberos TGT Expired"
+index 31
+ec RD_AP_UNDEC,		"Kerberos error: Can't decode authenticator"
+ec RD_AP_EXP,		"Kerberos ticket expired"
+ec RD_AP_NYV,		"Kerberos ticket not yet valid"
+ec RD_AP_REPEAT,	"Kerberos error: Repeated request"
+ec RD_AP_NOT_US,	"The kerberos ticket isn't for us"
+ec RD_AP_INCON,		"Kerberos request inconsistent"
+ec RD_AP_TIME,		"Kerberos error: delta_t too big"
+ec RD_AP_BADD,		"Kerberos error: incorrect net address"
+ec RD_AP_VERSION,	"Kerberos protocol version mismatch"
+ec RD_AP_MSG_TYPE,	"Kerberos error: invalid msg type"
+ec RD_AP_MODIFIED,	"Kerberos error: message stream modified"
+ec RD_AP_ORDER,		"Kerberos error: message out of order"
+ec RD_AP_UNAUTHOR,	"Kerberos error: unauthorized request"
+index 51
+ec GT_PW_NULL,		"Kerberos error: current PW is null"
+ec GT_PW_BADPW,		"Kerberos error: Incorrect current password"
+ec GT_PW_PROT,		"Kerberos protocol error"
+ec GT_PW_KDCERR,	"Error returned by Kerberos KDC"
+ec GT_PW_NULLTKT,	"Null Kerberos ticket returned by KDC"
+ec SKDC_RETRY,		"Kerberos error: Retry count exceeded"
+ec SKDC_CANT,		"Kerberos error: Can't send request"
+index 61
+ec INTK_W_NOTALL,	"Kerberos error: not all tickets returned"
+ec INTK_BADPW,		"Kerberos error: incorrect password"
+ec INTK_PROT,		"Kerberos error: Protocol Error"
+index 70
+ec INTK_ERR,		"Other error"
+ec AD_NOTGT,		"Don't have Kerberos ticket-granting ticket"
+index 76
+ec NO_TKT_FIL,		"No ticket file found"
+ec TKT_FIL_ACC,		"Couldn't access ticket file"
+ec TKT_FIL_LCK,		"Couldn't lock ticket file"
+ec TKT_FIL_FMT,		"Bad ticket file format"
+ec TKT_FIL_INI,		"tf_init not called first"
+ec KNAME_FMT,		"Bad Kerberos name format"
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.h b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5c94354
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal.h
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+/*
+ * heimdal.h:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <et/com_err.h>
+
+#define KRBET_KSUCCESS                           (39525376L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_NAME_EXP                       (39525377L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_SERVICE_EXP                    (39525378L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_AUTH_EXP                       (39525379L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_PKT_VER                        (39525380L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_P_MKEY_VER                     (39525381L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_S_MKEY_VER                     (39525382L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_BYTE_ORDER                     (39525383L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_PR_UNKNOWN                     (39525384L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_PR_N_UNIQUE                    (39525385L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_NULL_KEY                       (39525386L)
+#define KRBET_KDC_GEN_ERR                        (39525396L)
+#define KRBET_GC_TKFIL                           (39525397L)
+#define KRBET_GC_NOTKT                           (39525398L)
+#define KRBET_MK_AP_TGTEXP                       (39525402L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_UNDEC                        (39525407L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_EXP                          (39525408L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_NYV                          (39525409L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_REPEAT                       (39525410L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_NOT_US                       (39525411L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_INCON                        (39525412L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_TIME                         (39525413L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_BADD                         (39525414L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_VERSION                      (39525415L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_MSG_TYPE                     (39525416L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_MODIFIED                     (39525417L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_ORDER                        (39525418L)
+#define KRBET_RD_AP_UNAUTHOR                     (39525419L)
+#define KRBET_GT_PW_NULL                         (39525427L)
+#define KRBET_GT_PW_BADPW                        (39525428L)
+#define KRBET_GT_PW_PROT                         (39525429L)
+#define KRBET_GT_PW_KDCERR                       (39525430L)
+#define KRBET_GT_PW_NULLTKT                      (39525431L)
+#define KRBET_SKDC_RETRY                         (39525432L)
+#define KRBET_SKDC_CANT                          (39525433L)
+#define KRBET_INTK_W_NOTALL                      (39525437L)
+#define KRBET_INTK_BADPW                         (39525438L)
+#define KRBET_INTK_PROT                          (39525439L)
+#define KRBET_INTK_ERR                           (39525446L)
+#define KRBET_AD_NOTGT                           (39525447L)
+#define KRBET_NO_TKT_FIL                         (39525452L)
+#define KRBET_TKT_FIL_ACC                        (39525453L)
+#define KRBET_TKT_FIL_LCK                        (39525454L)
+#define KRBET_TKT_FIL_FMT                        (39525455L)
+#define KRBET_TKT_FIL_INI                        (39525456L)
+#define KRBET_KNAME_FMT                          (39525457L)
+extern const struct error_table et_krb_error_table;
+extern void initialize_krb_error_table(void);
+
+/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
+extern void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+
+#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb (39525376L)
+
+/* for compatibility with older versions... */
+#define init_krb_err_tbl initialize_krb_error_table
+#define krb_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.c b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2ad572
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.c
@@ -0,0 +1,122 @@
+/*
+ * heimdal2.c:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define N_(a) a
+
+static const char * const text[] = {
+	N_("$Id: kadm_err.et,v 1.5 1998/01/16 23:11:27 joda Exp $"),
+	N_("Cannot fetch local realm"),
+	N_("Unable to fetch credentials"),
+	N_("Bad key supplied"),
+	N_("Can't encrypt data"),
+	N_("Cannot encode/decode authentication info"),
+	N_("Principal attempting change is in wrong realm"),
+	N_("Packet is too large"),
+	N_("Version number is incorrect"),
+	N_("Checksum does not match"),
+	N_("Unsealing private data failed"),
+	N_("Unsupported operation"),
+	N_("Could not find administrating host"),
+	N_("Administrating host name is unknown"),
+	N_("Could not find service name in services database"),
+	N_("Could not create socket"),
+	N_("Could not connect to server"),
+	N_("Could not fetch local socket address"),
+	N_("Could not fetch master key"),
+	N_("Could not verify master key"),
+	N_("Entry already exists in database"),
+	N_("Database store error"),
+	N_("Database read error"),
+	N_("Insufficient access to perform requested operation"),
+	N_("Data is available for return to client"),
+	N_("No such entry in the database"),
+	N_("Memory exhausted"),
+	N_("Could not fetch system hostname"),
+	N_("Could not bind port"),
+	N_("Length mismatch problem"),
+	N_("Illegal use of wildcard"),
+	N_("Database is locked or in use--try again later"),
+	N_("Insecure password rejected"),
+	N_("Cleartext password and DES key did not match"),
+	N_("Invalid principal for change srvtab request"),
+	N_("Attempt do delete immutable principal"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (36)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (37)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (38)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (39)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (40)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (41)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (42)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (43)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (44)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (45)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (46)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (47)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (48)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (49)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (50)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (51)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (52)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (53)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (54)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (55)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (56)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (57)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (58)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (59)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (60)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (61)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (62)"),
+	N_("Reserved kadm error (63)"),
+	N_("Null passwords are not allowed"),
+	N_("Password is too short"),
+	N_("Too few character classes in password"),
+	N_("Password is in the password dictionary"),
+    0
+};
+
+struct error_table {
+    char const * const * msgs;
+    long base;
+    int n_msgs;
+};
+struct et_list {
+    struct et_list *next;
+    const struct error_table * table;
+};
+extern struct et_list *_et_list;
+
+const struct error_table et_kadm_error_table = { text, -1783126272L, 68 };
+
+static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 };
+
+void initialize_kadm_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+void initialize_kadm_error_table(void);
+
+void initialize_kadm_error_table(void) {
+    initialize_kadm_error_table_r(&_et_list);
+}
+
+/* For Heimdal compatibility */
+void initialize_kadm_error_table_r(struct et_list **list)
+{
+    struct et_list *et, **end;
+
+    for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next)
+        if (et->table->msgs == text)
+            return;
+    et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list));
+    if (et == 0) {
+        if (!link.table)
+            et = &link;
+        else
+            return;
+    }
+    et->table = &et_kadm_error_table;
+    et->next = 0;
+    *end = et;
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.et b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.et
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..703600c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.et
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+# $Id: kadm_err.et,v 1.5 1998/01/16 23:11:27 joda Exp $
+#
+# Copyright 1988 by the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
+#
+# For copying and distribution information, please see the file
+# <mit-copyright.h>.
+#
+# Kerberos administration server error table
+#
+	et	kadm
+
+# KADM_SUCCESS, as all success codes should be, is zero
+
+ec KADM_RCSID,		"$Id: kadm_err.et,v 1.5 1998/01/16 23:11:27 joda Exp $"
+# /* Building and unbuilding the packet errors */
+ec KADM_NO_REALM,	"Cannot fetch local realm"
+ec KADM_NO_CRED,	"Unable to fetch credentials"
+ec KADM_BAD_KEY,	"Bad key supplied"
+ec KADM_NO_ENCRYPT,	"Can't encrypt data"
+ec KADM_NO_AUTH,	"Cannot encode/decode authentication info"
+ec KADM_WRONG_REALM,	"Principal attempting change is in wrong realm"
+ec KADM_NO_ROOM,	"Packet is too large"
+ec KADM_BAD_VER,	"Version number is incorrect"
+ec KADM_BAD_CHK,	"Checksum does not match"
+ec KADM_NO_READ,	"Unsealing private data failed"
+ec KADM_NO_OPCODE,	"Unsupported operation"
+ec KADM_NO_HOST,	"Could not find administrating host"
+ec KADM_UNK_HOST,	"Administrating host name is unknown"
+ec KADM_NO_SERV,	"Could not find service name in services database"
+ec KADM_NO_SOCK,	"Could not create socket"
+ec KADM_NO_CONN,	"Could not connect to server"
+ec KADM_NO_HERE,	"Could not fetch local socket address"
+ec KADM_NO_MAST,	"Could not fetch master key"
+ec KADM_NO_VERI,	"Could not verify master key"
+
+# /* From the server side routines */
+ec KADM_INUSE,		"Entry already exists in database"
+ec KADM_UK_SERROR,	"Database store error"
+ec KADM_UK_RERROR,	"Database read error"
+ec KADM_UNAUTH,		"Insufficient access to perform requested operation"
+# KADM_DATA isn't really an error, but...
+ec KADM_DATA,		"Data is available for return to client"
+ec KADM_NOENTRY,	"No such entry in the database"
+
+ec KADM_NOMEM,		"Memory exhausted"
+ec KADM_NO_HOSTNAME,	"Could not fetch system hostname"
+ec KADM_NO_BIND,	"Could not bind port"
+ec KADM_LENGTH_ERROR,	"Length mismatch problem"
+ec KADM_ILL_WILDCARD,	"Illegal use of wildcard"
+
+ec KADM_DB_INUSE,	"Database is locked or in use--try again later"
+
+ec KADM_INSECURE_PW,    "Insecure password rejected"
+ec KADM_PW_MISMATCH,    "Cleartext password and DES key did not match"
+
+ec KADM_NOT_SERV_PRINC, "Invalid principal for change srvtab request"
+ec KADM_IMMUTABLE,	"Attempt do delete immutable principal"
+# password quality basically stolen from OV libkadm5
+index 64
+prefix KADM_PASS_Q
+ec NULL,		"Null passwords are not allowed"
+ec TOOSHORT,		"Password is too short"
+ec CLASS,		"Too few character classes in password"
+ec DICT,		"Password is in the password dictionary"
+end
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.h b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c2cb7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal2.h
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/*
+ * heimdal2.h:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <et/com_err.h>
+
+#define KADM_RCSID                               (-1783126272L)
+#define KADM_NO_REALM                            (-1783126271L)
+#define KADM_NO_CRED                             (-1783126270L)
+#define KADM_BAD_KEY                             (-1783126269L)
+#define KADM_NO_ENCRYPT                          (-1783126268L)
+#define KADM_NO_AUTH                             (-1783126267L)
+#define KADM_WRONG_REALM                         (-1783126266L)
+#define KADM_NO_ROOM                             (-1783126265L)
+#define KADM_BAD_VER                             (-1783126264L)
+#define KADM_BAD_CHK                             (-1783126263L)
+#define KADM_NO_READ                             (-1783126262L)
+#define KADM_NO_OPCODE                           (-1783126261L)
+#define KADM_NO_HOST                             (-1783126260L)
+#define KADM_UNK_HOST                            (-1783126259L)
+#define KADM_NO_SERV                             (-1783126258L)
+#define KADM_NO_SOCK                             (-1783126257L)
+#define KADM_NO_CONN                             (-1783126256L)
+#define KADM_NO_HERE                             (-1783126255L)
+#define KADM_NO_MAST                             (-1783126254L)
+#define KADM_NO_VERI                             (-1783126253L)
+#define KADM_INUSE                               (-1783126252L)
+#define KADM_UK_SERROR                           (-1783126251L)
+#define KADM_UK_RERROR                           (-1783126250L)
+#define KADM_UNAUTH                              (-1783126249L)
+#define KADM_DATA                                (-1783126248L)
+#define KADM_NOENTRY                             (-1783126247L)
+#define KADM_NOMEM                               (-1783126246L)
+#define KADM_NO_HOSTNAME                         (-1783126245L)
+#define KADM_NO_BIND                             (-1783126244L)
+#define KADM_LENGTH_ERROR                        (-1783126243L)
+#define KADM_ILL_WILDCARD                        (-1783126242L)
+#define KADM_DB_INUSE                            (-1783126241L)
+#define KADM_INSECURE_PW                         (-1783126240L)
+#define KADM_PW_MISMATCH                         (-1783126239L)
+#define KADM_NOT_SERV_PRINC                      (-1783126238L)
+#define KADM_IMMUTABLE                           (-1783126237L)
+#define KADM_PASS_Q_NULL                         (-1783126208L)
+#define KADM_PASS_Q_TOOSHORT                     (-1783126207L)
+#define KADM_PASS_Q_CLASS                        (-1783126206L)
+#define KADM_PASS_Q_DICT                         (-1783126205L)
+extern const struct error_table et_kadm_error_table;
+extern void initialize_kadm_error_table(void);
+
+/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
+extern void initialize_kadm_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+
+#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_kadm (-1783126272L)
+
+/* for compatibility with older versions... */
+#define init_kadm_err_tbl initialize_kadm_error_table
+#define kadm_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_kadm
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.c b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8b9b73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.c
@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/*
+ * heimdal3.c:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define N_(a) a
+
+static const char * const text[] = {
+	N_("Test message 1"),
+	N_("Test message 2"),
+    0
+};
+
+struct error_table {
+    char const * const * msgs;
+    long base;
+    int n_msgs;
+};
+struct et_list {
+    struct et_list *next;
+    const struct error_table * table;
+};
+extern struct et_list *_et_list;
+
+const struct error_table et_h3test_error_table = { text, 43787520L, 2 };
+
+static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 };
+
+void initialize_h3test_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+void initialize_h3test_error_table(void);
+
+void initialize_h3test_error_table(void) {
+    initialize_h3test_error_table_r(&_et_list);
+}
+
+/* For Heimdal compatibility */
+void initialize_h3test_error_table_r(struct et_list **list)
+{
+    struct et_list *et, **end;
+
+    for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next)
+        if (et->table->msgs == text)
+            return;
+    et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list));
+    if (et == 0) {
+        if (!link.table)
+            et = &link;
+        else
+            return;
+    }
+    et->table = &et_h3test_error_table;
+    et->next = 0;
+    *end = et;
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.et b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.et
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a0bd5c1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.et
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+error_table ovk h3test
+prefix H3TEST
+ec TEST1,	"Test message 1"
+ec TEST2,	"Test message 2"
+end
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.h b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..91d2cb9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/heimdal3.h
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/*
+ * heimdal3.h:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <et/com_err.h>
+
+#define H3TEST_TEST1                             (43787520L)
+#define H3TEST_TEST2                             (43787521L)
+extern const struct error_table et_h3test_error_table;
+extern void initialize_h3test_error_table(void);
+
+/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
+extern void initialize_h3test_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+
+#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_h3test (43787520L)
+
+/* for compatibility with older versions... */
+#define init_h3test_err_tbl initialize_h3test_error_table
+#define h3test_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_h3test
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.c b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d2ffc6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.c
@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/*
+ * imap_err.c:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define N_(a) a
+
+static const char * const text[] = {
+	N_(   "Internal Error"),
+	N_(   "System I/O error"),
+	N_(   "Item does not exist"),
+	N_(   "Operating System Error"),
+	N_(   "mail system storage has been exceeded"),
+	N_(   "Permission denied"),
+	N_(   "Over quota"),
+	N_(   "Message size exceeds fixed limit"),
+	N_(   "Too many user flags in mailbox"),
+	N_(   "Invalid namespace prefix in configuration file"),
+	N_(   "Mailbox has an invalid format"),
+	N_(   "Replication inconsistency detected"),
+	N_(   "Mailbox format corruption detected"),
+	N_(   "Operation is not supported on mailbox"),
+	N_(   "Mailbox does not exist"),
+	N_(   "Mailbox already exists"),
+	N_(   "Invalid mailbox name"),
+	N_(   "Invalid mailbox type"),
+	N_(   "Mailbox has been moved to another server"),
+	N_(   "Mailbox is currently reserved"),
+	N_(   "Mailbox is locked"),
+	N_(   "Delivery to mailbox is disabled"),
+	N_(   "Unknown/invalid partition"),
+	N_(   "Invalid identifier"),
+	N_(   "Message contains NUL characters"),
+	N_(   "Message contains bare newlines"),
+	N_(   "Message contains non-ASCII characters in headers"),
+	N_(   "Message contains invalid header"),
+	N_(   "Message has no header/body separator"),
+	N_(   "Quota root does not exist"),
+	N_(   "Bad protocol"),
+	N_(   "Syntax error in parameters"),
+	N_(   "Invalid annotation entry"),
+	N_(   "Invalid annotation attribute"),
+	N_(   "Invalid annotation value"),
+	N_(   "Bad URL"),
+	N_(   "Zero-length message literal"),
+	N_(   "Invalid server requested"),
+	N_(   "Server(s) unavailable to complete operation"),
+	N_(   "The remote Server(s) denied the operation"),
+	N_(   "Retry operation"),
+	N_(   "This mailbox hierarchy does not exist on a single backend server."),
+	N_(   "The remote server does not support MULTIAPPEND"),
+	N_(   "Unrecognized character set"),
+	N_(   "Invalid user"),
+	N_(   "Login incorrect"),
+	N_(   "Anonymous login is not permitted"),
+	N_(   "Unsupported quota resource"),
+	N_(   "Authentication failed"),
+	N_(   "Client cancelled authentication"),
+	N_(   "Protocol error during authentication"),
+	N_(   "Mailbox is over %s quota"),
+	N_(   "Mailbox is at %d%% of %s quota"),
+	N_(   "Message %d no longer exists"),
+	N_(   "Unable to checkpoint \\Seen state"),
+	N_(   "Unable to preserve \\Seen state"),
+	N_(   "No matching messages"),
+	N_(   "No matching annotations"),
+	N_(   "[UNKNOWN-CTE] Can not process the binary data"),
+	N_(   "LOGOUT received"),
+	N_(   "Completed"),
+    0
+};
+
+struct error_table {
+    char const * const * msgs;
+    long base;
+    int n_msgs;
+};
+struct et_list {
+    struct et_list *next;
+    const struct error_table * table;
+};
+extern struct et_list *_et_list;
+
+const struct error_table et_imap_error_table = { text, -1904809472L, 61 };
+
+static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 };
+
+void initialize_imap_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+void initialize_imap_error_table(void);
+
+void initialize_imap_error_table(void) {
+    initialize_imap_error_table_r(&_et_list);
+}
+
+/* For Heimdal compatibility */
+void initialize_imap_error_table_r(struct et_list **list)
+{
+    struct et_list *et, **end;
+
+    for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next)
+        if (et->table->msgs == text)
+            return;
+    et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list));
+    if (et == 0) {
+        if (!link.table)
+            et = &link;
+        else
+            return;
+    }
+    et->table = &et_imap_error_table;
+    et->next = 0;
+    *end = et;
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.et b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.et
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfae243
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.et
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+# imap_err.et -- Error codes for Cyrus IMAP server programs
+#
+# Copyright (c) 1994-2008 Carnegie Mellon University.  All rights reserved.
+#
+# Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+# modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+# are met:
+#
+# 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+#
+# 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+#    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
+#    the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
+#    distribution.
+#
+# 3. The name "Carnegie Mellon University" must not be used to
+#    endorse or promote products derived from this software without
+#    prior written permission. For permission or any legal
+#    details, please contact
+#      Carnegie Mellon University
+#      Center for Technology Transfer and Enterprise Creation
+#      4615 Forbes Avenue
+#      Suite 302
+#      Pittsburgh, PA  15213
+#      (412) 268-7393, fax: (412) 268-7395
+#      innovation@andrew.cmu.edu
+#
+# 4. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following
+#    acknowledgment:
+#    "This product includes software developed by Computing Services
+#     at Carnegie Mellon University (http://www.cmu.edu/computing/)."
+#
+# CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO
+# THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
+# AND FITNESS, IN NO EVENT SHALL CARNEGIE MELLON UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE
+# FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
+# WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN
+# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING
+# OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
+
+error_table imap
+
+ec IMAP_INTERNAL,
+   "Internal Error"
+
+ec IMAP_IOERROR,
+   "System I/O error"
+
+ec IMAP_NOTFOUND,
+   "Item does not exist"
+
+ec IMAP_SYS_ERROR,
+   "Operating System Error"
+
+ec IMAP_NOSPACE,
+   "mail system storage has been exceeded"
+
+ec IMAP_PERMISSION_DENIED,
+   "Permission denied"
+
+ec IMAP_QUOTA_EXCEEDED,
+   "Over quota"
+
+ec IMAP_MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE,
+   "Message size exceeds fixed limit"
+
+ec IMAP_USERFLAG_EXHAUSTED,
+   "Too many user flags in mailbox"
+
+ec IMAP_NAMESPACE_BADPREFIX,
+   "Invalid namespace prefix in configuration file"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_BADFORMAT,
+   "Mailbox has an invalid format"
+
+ec IMAP_SYNC_CHECKSUM,
+   "Replication inconsistency detected"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_CHECKSUM,
+   "Mailbox format corruption detected"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_NOTSUPPORTED,
+   "Operation is not supported on mailbox"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_NONEXISTENT,
+   "Mailbox does not exist"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_EXISTS,
+   "Mailbox already exists"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_BADNAME,
+   "Invalid mailbox name"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_BADTYPE,
+   "Invalid mailbox type"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_MOVED,
+   "Mailbox has been moved to another server"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_RESERVED,
+   "Mailbox is currently reserved"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_LOCKED,
+   "Mailbox is locked"
+
+ec IMAP_MAILBOX_DISABLED,
+   "Delivery to mailbox is disabled"
+
+ec IMAP_PARTITION_UNKNOWN,
+   "Unknown/invalid partition"
+
+ec IMAP_INVALID_IDENTIFIER,
+   "Invalid identifier"
+
+ec IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINSNULL,
+   "Message contains NUL characters"
+
+ec IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINSNL,
+   "Message contains bare newlines"
+
+ec IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINS8BIT,
+   "Message contains non-ASCII characters in headers"
+
+ec IMAP_MESSAGE_BADHEADER,
+   "Message contains invalid header"
+
+ec IMAP_MESSAGE_NOBLANKLINE,
+   "Message has no header/body separator"
+
+ec IMAP_QUOTAROOT_NONEXISTENT,
+   "Quota root does not exist"
+
+ec IMAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR,
+   "Bad protocol"
+
+ec IMAP_PROTOCOL_BAD_PARAMETERS,
+   "Syntax error in parameters"
+
+ec IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADENTRY,
+   "Invalid annotation entry"
+
+ec IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADATTRIB,
+   "Invalid annotation attribute"
+
+ec IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADVALUE,
+   "Invalid annotation value"
+
+ec IMAP_BADURL,
+   "Bad URL"
+
+ec IMAP_ZERO_LENGTH_LITERAL,
+   "Zero-length message literal"
+
+# following used only proxy/db operations
+ec IMAP_BAD_SERVER,
+   "Invalid server requested"
+
+ec IMAP_SERVER_UNAVAILABLE,
+   "Server(s) unavailable to complete operation"
+
+ec IMAP_REMOTE_DENIED,
+   "The remote Server(s) denied the operation"
+
+ec IMAP_AGAIN,
+   "Retry operation"
+
+ec IMAP_NOT_SINGULAR_ROOT,
+   "This mailbox hierarchy does not exist on a single backend server."
+
+ec IMAP_REMOTE_NO_MULTIAPPEND,
+   "The remote server does not support MULTIAPPEND"
+
+# Following only used for internationalization of error messages
+
+ec IMAP_UNRECOGNIZED_CHARSET,
+   "Unrecognized character set"
+
+ec IMAP_INVALID_USER,
+   "Invalid user"
+
+ec IMAP_INVALID_LOGIN,
+   "Login incorrect"
+
+ec IMAP_ANONYMOUS_NOT_PERMITTED,
+   "Anonymous login is not permitted"
+
+ec IMAP_UNSUPPORTED_QUOTA,
+   "Unsupported quota resource"
+
+# Following used only for SASL operations
+
+ec IMAP_SASL_FAIL,
+   "Authentication failed"
+
+ec IMAP_SASL_CANCEL,
+   "Client cancelled authentication"
+
+ec IMAP_SASL_PROTERR,
+   "Protocol error during authentication"
+
+# Following used for internationalization of untagged OK/NO responses
+
+ec IMAP_NO_OVERQUOTA,
+   "Mailbox is over %s quota"
+
+ec IMAP_NO_CLOSEQUOTA,
+   "Mailbox is at %d%% of %s quota"
+
+ec IMAP_NO_MSGGONE,
+   "Message %d no longer exists"
+
+ec IMAP_NO_CHECKSEEN,
+   "Unable to checkpoint \\Seen state"
+
+ec IMAP_NO_CHECKPRESERVE,
+   "Unable to preserve \\Seen state"
+
+ec IMAP_NO_NOSUCHMSG,
+   "No matching messages"
+
+ec IMAP_NO_NOSUCHANNOTATION,
+   "No matching annotations"
+
+ec IMAP_NO_UNKNOWN_CTE,
+   "[UNKNOWN-CTE] Can not process the binary data"
+
+# Following used for internationalization of untagged BYE response
+
+ec IMAP_BYE_LOGOUT,
+   "LOGOUT received"
+
+# Following used for internationalization of tagged OK response
+
+ec IMAP_OK_COMPLETED,
+   "Completed"
+
+end
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.h b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bfa8f65
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/imap_err.h
@@ -0,0 +1,79 @@
+/*
+ * imap_err.h:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <et/com_err.h>
+
+#define IMAP_INTERNAL                            (-1904809472L)
+#define IMAP_IOERROR                             (-1904809471L)
+#define IMAP_NOTFOUND                            (-1904809470L)
+#define IMAP_SYS_ERROR                           (-1904809469L)
+#define IMAP_NOSPACE                             (-1904809468L)
+#define IMAP_PERMISSION_DENIED                   (-1904809467L)
+#define IMAP_QUOTA_EXCEEDED                      (-1904809466L)
+#define IMAP_MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE                   (-1904809465L)
+#define IMAP_USERFLAG_EXHAUSTED                  (-1904809464L)
+#define IMAP_NAMESPACE_BADPREFIX                 (-1904809463L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_BADFORMAT                   (-1904809462L)
+#define IMAP_SYNC_CHECKSUM                       (-1904809461L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_CHECKSUM                    (-1904809460L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_NOTSUPPORTED                (-1904809459L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_NONEXISTENT                 (-1904809458L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_EXISTS                      (-1904809457L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_BADNAME                     (-1904809456L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_BADTYPE                     (-1904809455L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_MOVED                       (-1904809454L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_RESERVED                    (-1904809453L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_LOCKED                      (-1904809452L)
+#define IMAP_MAILBOX_DISABLED                    (-1904809451L)
+#define IMAP_PARTITION_UNKNOWN                   (-1904809450L)
+#define IMAP_INVALID_IDENTIFIER                  (-1904809449L)
+#define IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINSNULL                (-1904809448L)
+#define IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINSNL                  (-1904809447L)
+#define IMAP_MESSAGE_CONTAINS8BIT                (-1904809446L)
+#define IMAP_MESSAGE_BADHEADER                   (-1904809445L)
+#define IMAP_MESSAGE_NOBLANKLINE                 (-1904809444L)
+#define IMAP_QUOTAROOT_NONEXISTENT               (-1904809443L)
+#define IMAP_PROTOCOL_ERROR                      (-1904809442L)
+#define IMAP_PROTOCOL_BAD_PARAMETERS             (-1904809441L)
+#define IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADENTRY                 (-1904809440L)
+#define IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADATTRIB                (-1904809439L)
+#define IMAP_ANNOTATION_BADVALUE                 (-1904809438L)
+#define IMAP_BADURL                              (-1904809437L)
+#define IMAP_ZERO_LENGTH_LITERAL                 (-1904809436L)
+#define IMAP_BAD_SERVER                          (-1904809435L)
+#define IMAP_SERVER_UNAVAILABLE                  (-1904809434L)
+#define IMAP_REMOTE_DENIED                       (-1904809433L)
+#define IMAP_AGAIN                               (-1904809432L)
+#define IMAP_NOT_SINGULAR_ROOT                   (-1904809431L)
+#define IMAP_REMOTE_NO_MULTIAPPEND               (-1904809430L)
+#define IMAP_UNRECOGNIZED_CHARSET                (-1904809429L)
+#define IMAP_INVALID_USER                        (-1904809428L)
+#define IMAP_INVALID_LOGIN                       (-1904809427L)
+#define IMAP_ANONYMOUS_NOT_PERMITTED             (-1904809426L)
+#define IMAP_UNSUPPORTED_QUOTA                   (-1904809425L)
+#define IMAP_SASL_FAIL                           (-1904809424L)
+#define IMAP_SASL_CANCEL                         (-1904809423L)
+#define IMAP_SASL_PROTERR                        (-1904809422L)
+#define IMAP_NO_OVERQUOTA                        (-1904809421L)
+#define IMAP_NO_CLOSEQUOTA                       (-1904809420L)
+#define IMAP_NO_MSGGONE                          (-1904809419L)
+#define IMAP_NO_CHECKSEEN                        (-1904809418L)
+#define IMAP_NO_CHECKPRESERVE                    (-1904809417L)
+#define IMAP_NO_NOSUCHMSG                        (-1904809416L)
+#define IMAP_NO_NOSUCHANNOTATION                 (-1904809415L)
+#define IMAP_NO_UNKNOWN_CTE                      (-1904809414L)
+#define IMAP_BYE_LOGOUT                          (-1904809413L)
+#define IMAP_OK_COMPLETED                        (-1904809412L)
+extern const struct error_table et_imap_error_table;
+extern void initialize_imap_error_table(void);
+
+/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
+extern void initialize_imap_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+
+#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_imap (-1904809472L)
+
+/* for compatibility with older versions... */
+#define init_imap_err_tbl initialize_imap_error_table
+#define imap_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_imap
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/simple.c b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..10ab1a3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.c
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/*
+ * simple.c:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#define N_(a) a
+
+static const char * const text[] = {
+	N_(			"Can't read ticket file"),
+	N_(			"Can't find ticket or TGT"),
+	N_(			"TGT expired"),
+	N_(			"Can't decode authenticator"),
+	N_(			"Ticket expired"),
+	N_(			"Repeated request"),
+	N_(			"The ticket isn't for us"),
+	N_(			"Request is inconsistent"),
+	N_(			"Delta-T too big"),
+	N_(			"Incorrect net address"),
+	N_(			"Protocol version mismatch"),
+	N_(			"Invalid message type"),
+	N_(			"Message stream modified"),
+	N_(			"Message out of order"),
+	N_(			"Unauthorized request"),
+	N_(			"Current password is null"),
+	N_(			"Incorrect current password"),
+	N_(			"Protocol error"),
+	N_(			"Error returned by KDC"),
+	N_(			"Null ticket returned by KDC"),
+	N_(			"Retry count exceeded"),
+	N_(			"Can't send request"),
+    0
+};
+
+struct error_table {
+    char const * const * msgs;
+    long base;
+    int n_msgs;
+};
+struct et_list {
+    struct et_list *next;
+    const struct error_table * table;
+};
+extern struct et_list *_et_list;
+
+const struct error_table et_krb_error_table = { text, 39525376L, 22 };
+
+static struct et_list link = { 0, 0 };
+
+void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+void initialize_krb_error_table(void);
+
+void initialize_krb_error_table(void) {
+    initialize_krb_error_table_r(&_et_list);
+}
+
+/* For Heimdal compatibility */
+void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list)
+{
+    struct et_list *et, **end;
+
+    for (end = list, et = *list; et; end = &et->next, et = et->next)
+        if (et->table->msgs == text)
+            return;
+    et = malloc(sizeof(struct et_list));
+    if (et == 0) {
+        if (!link.table)
+            et = &link;
+        else
+            return;
+    }
+    et->table = &et_krb_error_table;
+    et->next = 0;
+    *end = et;
+}
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/simple.et b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.et
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c7b77f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.et
@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+	error_table	krb
+
+	error_code	KRB_MK_AP_TKFIL,
+			"Can't read ticket file"
+
+	ec		KRB_MK_AP_NOTKT,
+			"Can't find ticket or TGT"
+
+	ec		KRB_MK_AP_TGTEXP,
+			"TGT expired"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_UNDEC,
+			"Can't decode authenticator"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_EXP,
+			"Ticket expired"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_REPEAT,
+			"Repeated request"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_NOT_US,
+			"The ticket isn't for us"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_INCON,
+			"Request is inconsistent"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_TIME,
+			"Delta-T too big"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_BADD,
+			"Incorrect net address"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_VERSION,
+			"Protocol version mismatch"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_MSG_TYPE,
+			"Invalid message type"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_MODIFIED,
+			"Message stream modified"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_ORDER,
+			"Message out of order"
+
+	ec		KRB_RD_AP_UNAUTHOR,
+			"Unauthorized request"
+
+	ec		KRB_GT_PW_NULL,
+			"Current password is null"
+
+	ec		KRB_GT_PW_BADPW,
+			"Incorrect current password"
+
+	ec		KRB_GT_PW_PROT,
+			"Protocol error"
+
+	ec		KRB_GT_PW_KDCERR,
+			"Error returned by KDC"
+
+	ec		KRB_GT_PW_NULLTKT,
+			"Null ticket returned by KDC"
+
+	ec		KRB_SKDC_RETRY,
+			"Retry count exceeded"
+
+	ec		KRB_SKDC_CANT,
+			"Can't send request"
+
+	end
diff --git a/lib/et/test_cases/simple.h b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7800b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/test_cases/simple.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/*
+ * simple.h:
+ * This file is automatically generated; please do not edit it.
+ */
+
+#include <et/com_err.h>
+
+#define KRB_MK_AP_TKFIL                          (39525376L)
+#define KRB_MK_AP_NOTKT                          (39525377L)
+#define KRB_MK_AP_TGTEXP                         (39525378L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_UNDEC                          (39525379L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_EXP                            (39525380L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_REPEAT                         (39525381L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_NOT_US                         (39525382L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_INCON                          (39525383L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_TIME                           (39525384L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_BADD                           (39525385L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_VERSION                        (39525386L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_MSG_TYPE                       (39525387L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_MODIFIED                       (39525388L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_ORDER                          (39525389L)
+#define KRB_RD_AP_UNAUTHOR                       (39525390L)
+#define KRB_GT_PW_NULL                           (39525391L)
+#define KRB_GT_PW_BADPW                          (39525392L)
+#define KRB_GT_PW_PROT                           (39525393L)
+#define KRB_GT_PW_KDCERR                         (39525394L)
+#define KRB_GT_PW_NULLTKT                        (39525395L)
+#define KRB_SKDC_RETRY                           (39525396L)
+#define KRB_SKDC_CANT                            (39525397L)
+extern const struct error_table et_krb_error_table;
+extern void initialize_krb_error_table(void);
+
+/* For compatibility with Heimdal */
+extern void initialize_krb_error_table_r(struct et_list **list);
+
+#define ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb (39525376L)
+
+/* for compatibility with older versions... */
+#define init_krb_err_tbl initialize_krb_error_table
+#define krb_err_base ERROR_TABLE_BASE_krb
diff --git a/lib/et/texinfo.tex b/lib/et/texinfo.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd52615
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/texinfo.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,7226 @@
+% texinfo.tex -- TeX macros to handle Texinfo files.
+%
+% Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
+\expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
+%
+\def\texinfoversion{2006-02-13.16}
+%
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free
+% Software Foundation, Inc.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
+% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
+% your option) any later version.
+%
+% This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
+% useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
+% of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+% General Public License for more details.
+%
+% You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
+% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
+% Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
+%
+% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% restriction.  (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
+%
+% Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
+% reports; you can get the latest version from:
+%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
+%   ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
+%     (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
+% of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
+%
+% Send bug reports to bug-texinfo@gnu.org.  Please include including a
+% complete document in each bug report with which we can reproduce the
+% problem.  Patches are, of course, greatly appreciated.
+%
+% To process a Texinfo manual with TeX, it's most reliable to use the
+% texi2dvi shell script that comes with the distribution.  For a simple
+% manual foo.texi, however, you can get away with this:
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   texindex foo.??
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   tex foo.texi
+%   dvips foo.dvi -o  # or whatever; this makes foo.ps.
+% The extra TeX runs get the cross-reference information correct.
+% Sometimes one run after texindex suffices, and sometimes you need more
+% than two; texi2dvi does it as many times as necessary.
+%
+% It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
+% extent.  You can get the existing language-specific files from the
+% full Texinfo distribution.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+
+
+\message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
+
+% If in a .fmt file, print the version number
+% and turn on active characters that we couldn't do earlier because
+% they might have appeared in the input file name.
+\everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
+  \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
+
+\message{Basics,}
+\chardef\other=12
+
+% We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
+% For @tex, we can use \tabalign.
+\let\+ = \relax
+
+% Save some plain tex macros whose names we will redefine.
+\let\ptexb=\b
+\let\ptexbullet=\bullet
+\let\ptexc=\c
+\let\ptexcomma=\,
+\let\ptexdot=\.
+\let\ptexdots=\dots
+\let\ptexend=\end
+\let\ptexequiv=\equiv
+\let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
+\let\ptexgtr=>
+\let\ptexhat=^
+\let\ptexi=\i
+\let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexinsert=\insert
+\let\ptexlbrace=\{
+\let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
+\let\ptexplus=+
+\let\ptexrbrace=\}
+\let\ptexslash=\/
+\let\ptexstar=\*
+\let\ptext=\t
+
+% If this character appears in an error message or help string, it
+% starts a new line in the output.
+\newlinechar = `^^J
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+  \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+  \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
+% Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
+\ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
+\ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
+\ifx\putwordfile\undefined      \gdef\putwordfile{file}\fi
+\ifx\putwordin\undefined        \gdef\putwordin{in}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexIsEmpty\undefined     \gdef\putwordIndexIsEmpty{(Index is empty)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordIndexNonexistent\undefined \gdef\putwordIndexNonexistent{(Index is nonexistent)}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInfo\undefined      \gdef\putwordInfo{Info}\fi
+\ifx\putwordInstanceVariableof\undefined \gdef\putwordInstanceVariableof{Instance Variable of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMethodon\undefined  \gdef\putwordMethodon{Method on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordNoTitle\undefined   \gdef\putwordNoTitle{No Title}\fi
+\ifx\putwordof\undefined        \gdef\putwordof{of}\fi
+\ifx\putwordon\undefined        \gdef\putwordon{on}\fi
+\ifx\putwordpage\undefined      \gdef\putwordpage{page}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsection\undefined   \gdef\putwordsection{section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSection\undefined   \gdef\putwordSection{Section}\fi
+\ifx\putwordsee\undefined       \gdef\putwordsee{see}\fi
+\ifx\putwordSee\undefined       \gdef\putwordSee{See}\fi
+\ifx\putwordShortTOC\undefined  \gdef\putwordShortTOC{Short Contents}\fi
+\ifx\putwordTOC\undefined       \gdef\putwordTOC{Table of Contents}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordMJan\undefined \gdef\putwordMJan{January}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMFeb\undefined \gdef\putwordMFeb{February}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMar\undefined \gdef\putwordMMar{March}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMApr\undefined \gdef\putwordMApr{April}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMMay\undefined \gdef\putwordMMay{May}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJun\undefined \gdef\putwordMJun{June}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMJul\undefined \gdef\putwordMJul{July}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMAug\undefined \gdef\putwordMAug{August}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMSep\undefined \gdef\putwordMSep{September}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMOct\undefined \gdef\putwordMOct{October}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMNov\undefined \gdef\putwordMNov{November}\fi
+\ifx\putwordMDec\undefined \gdef\putwordMDec{December}\fi
+%
+\ifx\putwordDefmac\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefmac{Macro}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
+\ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
+
+% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
+\chardef\spacecat = 10
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+
+% Ignore a token.
+%
+\def\gobble#1{}
+
+% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
+
+% Hyphenation fixes.
+\hyphenation{
+  Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
+  ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
+  data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
+  man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
+  par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
+  spell-ing spell-ings
+  stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
+  wide-spread wrap-around
+}
+
+% Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
+\newdimen\bindingoffset
+\newdimen\normaloffset
+\newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
+
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
+% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+  \leavevmode
+  %
+  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+  \vadjust{%
+    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+    \vskip-\baselineskip
+    %
+    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
+    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+    \llap{%
+      %
+      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+      %
+      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+      \hskip 12pt
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+
+% Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
+% and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
+% since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
+% some effort to order the tracing commands to reduce output in the log
+% file; cf. trace.sty in LaTeX.
+%
+\def\gloggingall{\begingroup \globaldefs = 1 \loggingall \endgroup}%
+\def\loggingall{%
+  \tracingstats2
+  \tracingpages1
+  \tracinglostchars2  % 2 gives us more in etex
+  \tracingparagraphs1
+  \tracingoutput1
+  \tracingmacros2
+  \tracingrestores1
+  \showboxbreadth\maxdimen \showboxdepth\maxdimen
+  \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined\else % etex gives us more logging
+    \tracingscantokens1
+    \tracingifs1
+    \tracinggroups1
+    \tracingnesting2
+    \tracingassigns1
+  \fi
+  \tracingcommands3  % 3 gives us more in etex
+  \errorcontextlines16
+}%
+
+% add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
+% we did was a \nobreak, we don't want to insert more space.
+%
+\def\smallbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\smallskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-50\smallskip\fi\fi}
+\def\medbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\medskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-100\medskip\fi\fi}
+\def\bigbreak{\ifnum\lastpenalty<10000\par\ifdim\lastskip<\bigskipamount
+  \removelastskip\penalty-200\bigskip\fi\fi}
+
+% For @cropmarks command.
+% Do @cropmarks to get crop marks.
+%
+\newif\ifcropmarks
+\let\cropmarks = \cropmarkstrue
+%
+% Dimensions to add cropmarks at corners.
+% Added by P. A. MacKay, 12 Nov. 1986
+%
+\newdimen\outerhsize \newdimen\outervsize % set by the paper size routines
+\newdimen\cornerlong  \cornerlong=1pc
+\newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
+\newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
+
+% Main output routine.
+\chardef\PAGE = 255
+\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
+
+\newbox\headlinebox
+\newbox\footlinebox
+
+% \onepageout takes a vbox as an argument.  Note that \pagecontents
+% does insertions, but you have to call it yourself.
+\def\onepageout#1{%
+  \ifcropmarks \hoffset=0pt \else \hoffset=\normaloffset \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno  \advance\hoffset by \bindingoffset
+  \else \advance\hoffset by -\bindingoffset\fi
+  %
+  % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
+  % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+  \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+  \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
+  %
+  {%
+    % Have to do this stuff outside the \shipout because we want it to
+    % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
+    % before the \shipout runs.
+    %
+    \indexdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
+    \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
+               % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+               % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
+               % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
+               % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
+               % it needs to be 
+               % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
+    \shipout\vbox{%
+      % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
+      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
+      %
+      \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
+        \hsize = \outerhsize
+        \vskip-\topandbottommargin
+        \vtop to0pt{%
+          \line{\ewtop\hfil\ewtop}%
+          \nointerlineskip
+          \line{%
+            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nstop}%
+            \hfill
+            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nstop}%
+          }%
+          \vss}%
+        \vskip\topandbottommargin
+        \line\bgroup
+          \hfil % center the page within the outer (page) hsize.
+          \ifodd\pageno\hskip\bindingoffset\fi
+          \vbox\bgroup
+      \fi
+      %
+      \unvbox\headlinebox
+      \pagebody{#1}%
+      \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
+        % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
+        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+        % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
+        \vskip 2\baselineskip
+        \unvbox\footlinebox
+      \fi
+      %
+      \ifcropmarks
+          \egroup % end of \vbox\bgroup
+        \hfil\egroup % end of (centering) \line\bgroup
+        \vskip\topandbottommargin plus1fill minus1fill
+        \boxmaxdepth = \cornerthick
+        \vbox to0pt{\vss
+          \line{%
+            \vbox{\moveleft\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+            \hfill
+            \vbox{\moveright\cornerthick\nsbot}%
+          }%
+          \nointerlineskip
+          \line{\ewbot\hfil\ewbot}%
+        }%
+      \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
+      \fi
+    }% end of \shipout\vbox
+  }% end of group with \indexdummies
+  \advancepageno
+  \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
+}
+
+\newinsert\margin \dimen\margin=\maxdimen
+
+\def\pagebody#1{\vbox to\pageheight{\boxmaxdepth=\maxdepth #1}}
+{\catcode`\@ =11
+\gdef\pagecontents#1{\ifvoid\topins\else\unvbox\topins\fi
+% marginal hacks, juha@viisa.uucp (Juha Takala)
+\ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
+  \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
+\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
+\ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
+}
+
+% Here are the rules for the cropmarks.  Note that they are
+% offset so that the space between them is truly \outerhsize or \outervsize
+% (P. A. MacKay, 12 November, 1986)
+%
+\def\ewtop{\vrule height\cornerthick depth0pt width\cornerlong}
+\def\nstop{\vbox
+  {\hrule height\cornerthick depth\cornerlong width\cornerthick}}
+\def\ewbot{\vrule height0pt depth\cornerthick width\cornerlong}
+\def\nsbot{\vbox
+  {\hrule height\cornerlong depth\cornerthick width\cornerthick}}
+
+% Parse an argument, then pass it to #1.  The argument is the rest of
+% the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
+% macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
+%
+\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+  \def\next{#2}%
+  \begingroup
+    \obeylines
+    \spaceisspace
+    #1%
+    \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
+}
+
+{\obeylines %
+  \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
+    \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
+    \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
+  }%
+}
+
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
+
+% Each occurrence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+%
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
+%    @end itemize  @c foo
+% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% by \finishparsearg.
+%
+\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+  \def\temp{#3}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty
+    % We cannot use \next here, as it holds the macro to run;
+    % thus we reuse \temp.
+    \let\temp\finishparsearg
+  \else
+    \let\temp\argcheckspaces
+  \fi
+  % Put the space token in:
+  \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
+}
+
+% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
+% just before passing the control to \next.
+% (Similarly, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
+% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
+% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
+%
+% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
+%
+\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\next\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \parseargdef\foo{...}
+%	is roughly equivalent to
+% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
+% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
+%
+% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
+% favourite TeX trick.  --kasal, 16nov03
+
+\def\parseargdef#1{%
+  \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+}
+\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
+  \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
+  \def#1##1%
+}
+
+% Several utility definitions with active space:
+{
+  \obeyspaces
+  \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
+
+  % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+  % space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+  % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+  % should produce a line of output anyway.
+  %
+  \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
+
+  % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+  % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+  % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+  \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
+}
+
+
+\def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
+
+% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex.  It's used like this:
+%
+%   \envdef\foo{...}
+%   \def\Efoo{...}
+%
+% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
+% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo.  \envdef also
+% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
+% whether the environment name matches.  The \checkenv macro can also be
+% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
+%
+% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
+% are not treated as environments; they don't open a group.  (The
+% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
+% special case.)
+
+
+% At runtime, environments start with this:
+\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
+% initialize
+\let\thisenv\empty
+
+% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
+\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+
+% Check whether we're in the right environment:
+\def\checkenv#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\thisenv\temp
+  \else
+    \badenverr
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Environment mismatch, #1 expected:
+\def\badenverr{%
+  \errhelp = \EMsimple
+  \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+    not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+}
+\def\inenvironment#1{%
+  \ifx#1\empty
+    out of any environment%
+  \else
+    in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
+%
+\parseargdef\end{%
+  \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+  \else
+    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
+    \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+    \csname E#1\endcsname
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
+
+%% Simple single-character @ commands
+
+% @@ prints an @
+% Kludge this until the fonts are right (grr).
+\def\@{{\tt\char64}}
+
+% This is turned off because it was never documented
+% and you can use @w{...} around a quote to suppress ligatures.
+%% Define @` and @' to be the same as ` and '
+%% but suppressing ligatures.
+%\def\`{{`}}
+%\def\'{{'}}
+
+% Used to generate quoted braces.
+\def\mylbrace {{\tt\char123}}
+\def\myrbrace {{\tt\char125}}
+\let\{=\mylbrace
+\let\}=\myrbrace
+\begingroup
+  % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
+  % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
+  \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
+  \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
+  \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
+  !gdef!lbracecmd[\{]%
+  !gdef!rbracecmd[\}]%
+  !gdef!lbraceatcmd[@{]%
+  !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
+!endgroup
+
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
+% Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
+\let\, = \c
+\let\dotaccent = \.
+\def\ringaccent#1{{\accent23 #1}}
+\let\tieaccent = \t
+\let\ubaraccent = \b
+\let\udotaccent = \d
+
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
+% Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
+\def\questiondown{?`}
+\def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
+
+% Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
+\def\imacro{i}
+\def\jmacro{j}
+\def\dotless#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\imacro \ptexi
+  \else\ifx\temp\jmacro \j
+  \else \errmessage{@dotless can be used only with i or j}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+  L\kern-.36em
+  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
+  \kern-.15em
+  \TeX
+}
+
+% Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
+% equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
+% at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
+% since \penalty is valid in vertical mode, we'd end up putting the
+% penalty on the vertical list instead of in the new paragraph.
+{\catcode`@ = 11
+ % Avoid using \@M directly, because that causes trouble
+ % if the definition is written into an index file.
+ \global\let\tiepenalty = \@M
+ \gdef\tie{\leavevmode\penalty\tiepenalty\ }
+}
+
+% @: forces normal size whitespace following.
+\def\:{\spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @* forces a line break.
+\def\*{\hfil\break\hbox{}\ignorespaces}
+
+% @/ allows a line break.
+\let\/=\allowbreak
+
+% @. is an end-of-sentence period.
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @? is an end-of-sentence query.
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @frenchspacing on|off  says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
+% 
+\def\onword{on}
+\def\offword{off}
+%
+\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
+% beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
+% produce a whole line of output instead of starting the paragraph.
+\def\w#1{\leavevmode\hbox{#1}}
+
+% @group ... @end group forces ... to be all on one page, by enclosing
+% it in a TeX vbox.  We use \vtop instead of \vbox to construct the box
+% to keep its height that of a normal line.  According to the rules for
+% \topskip (p.114 of the TeXbook), the glue inserted is
+% max (\topskip - \ht (first item), 0).  If that height is large,
+% therefore, no glue is inserted, and the space between the headline and
+% the text is small, which looks bad.
+%
+% Another complication is that the group might be very large.  This can
+% cause the glue on the previous page to be unduly stretched, because it
+% does not have much material.  In this case, it's better to add an
+% explicit \vfill so that the extra space is at the bottom.  The
+% threshold for doing this is if the group is more than \vfilllimit
+% percent of a page (\vfilllimit can be changed inside of @tex).
+%
+\newbox\groupbox
+\def\vfilllimit{0.7}
+%
+\envdef\group{%
+  \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
+    \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
+    \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
+  \fi
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
+    % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
+    % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
+    % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
+    % the `@group' to put extra space in the output.  Since @group
+    % should appear on a line by itself (according to the Texinfo
+    % manual), we don't worry about eating any user text.
+    \comment
+}
+%
+% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
+% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
+% \lineskip glue after it.  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above.  But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+    % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
+    % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
+    \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
+    \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
+  \egroup           % End the \vtop.
+  % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+  \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+  % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+  \dimen2 = \pageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+  % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+  % group, force a page break.
+  \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+      \page
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \box\groupbox
+  \prevdepth = \dimen1
+  \checkinserts
+}
+%
+% TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
+% message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
+%
+\newhelp\groupinvalidhelp{%
+group can only be used in environments such as @example,^^J%
+where each line of input produces a line of output.}
+
+% @need space-in-mils
+% forces a page break if there is not space-in-mils remaining.
+
+\newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
+
+% Old definition--didn't work.
+%\parseargdef\need{\par %
+%% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
+%% if the depth of the box does not fit.
+%{\baselineskip=0pt%
+%\vtop to #1\mil{\vfil}\kern -#1\mil\nobreak
+%\prevdepth=-1000pt
+%}}
+
+\parseargdef\need{%
+  % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
+  % paragraph.
+  \par
+  %
+  % If the @need value is less than one line space, it's useless.
+  \dimen0 = #1\mil
+  \dimen2 = \ht\strutbox
+  \advance\dimen2 by \dp\strutbox
+  \ifdim\dimen0 > \dimen2
+    %
+    % Do a \strut just to make the height of this box be normal, so the
+    % normal leading is inserted relative to the preceding line.
+    % And a page break here is fine.
+    \vtop to #1\mil{\strut\vfil}%
+    %
+    % TeX does not even consider page breaks if a penalty added to the
+    % main vertical list is 10000 or more.  But in order to see if the
+    % empty box we just added fits on the page, we must make it consider
+    % page breaks.  On the other hand, we don't want to actually break the
+    % page after the empty box.  So we use a penalty of 9999.
+    %
+    % There is an extremely small chance that TeX will actually break the
+    % page at this \penalty, if there are no other feasible breakpoints in
+    % sight.  (If the user is using lots of big @group commands, which
+    % almost-but-not-quite fill up a page, TeX will have a hard time doing
+    % good page breaking, for example.)  However, I could not construct an
+    % example where a page broke at this \penalty; if it happens in a real
+    % document, then we can reconsider our strategy.
+    \penalty9999
+    %
+    % Back up by the size of the box, whether we did a page break or not.
+    \kern -#1\mil
+    %
+    % Do not allow a page break right after this kern.
+    \nobreak
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @br   forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
+
+\let\br = \par
+
+% @page forces the start of a new page.
+%
+\def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
+
+% @exdent text....
+% outputs text on separate line in roman font, starting at standard page margin
+
+% This records the amount of indent in the innermost environment.
+% That's how much \exdent should take out.
+\newskip\exdentamount
+
+% This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
+\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
+
+% This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
+\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+  \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
+\newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
+\def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+  \nobreak
+  \kern-\strutdepth
+  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+    \vss
+    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+    \ifx#1l%
+      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+    \else
+      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+    \fi
+    \null
+  }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+%
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
+    \def\righttext{#2}%
+  \else
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
+    \def\righttext{#1}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno
+    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}% odd page -> outside is right margin
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+}
+
+% @include file    insert text of that file as input.
+%
+\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
+\def\includezzz#1{%
+  \pushthisfilestack
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \def\temp{\input #1 }%
+    \expandafter
+  }\temp
+  \popthisfilestack
+}
+\def\filenamecatcodes{%
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  \catcode`~=\other
+  \catcode`^=\other
+  \catcode`_=\other
+  \catcode`|=\other
+  \catcode`<=\other
+  \catcode`>=\other
+  \catcode`+=\other
+  \catcode`-=\other
+}
+
+\def\pushthisfilestack{%
+  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
+  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
+  \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
+}
+
+\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
+\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
+  the stack of filenames is empty.}}
+
+\def\thisfile{}
+
+% @center line
+% outputs that line, centered.
+%
+\parseargdef\center{%
+  \ifhmode
+    \let\next\centerH
+  \else
+    \let\next\centerV
+  \fi
+  \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+}
+\def\centerH#1{%
+  {%
+    \hfil\break
+    \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+    \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+    \line{#1}%
+    \break
+  }%
+}
+\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
+
+% @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
+
+\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+
+% @comment ...line which is ignored...
+% @c is the same as @comment
+% @ignore ... @end ignore  is another way to write a comment
+
+\def\comment{\begingroup \catcode`\^^M=\other%
+\catcode`\@=\other \catcode`\{=\other \catcode`\}=\other%
+\commentxxx}
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \gdef\commentxxx#1^^M{\endgroup}}
+
+\let\c=\comment
+
+% @paragraphindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS, close enough.
+% NCHARS can also be the word `asis' or `none'.
+% We cannot feasibly implement @paragraphindent asis, though.
+%
+\def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
+\def\noneword{none}
+%
+\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\asisword
+  \else
+    \ifx\temp\noneword
+      \defaultparindent = 0pt
+    \else
+      \defaultparindent = #1em
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+}
+
+% @exampleindent NCHARS
+% We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
+% It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
+% I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
+\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\asisword
+  \else
+    \ifx\temp\noneword
+      \lispnarrowing = 0pt
+    \else
+      \lispnarrowing = #1em
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @firstparagraphindent WORD
+% If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
+% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
+% paragraphs.
+%
+% The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
+%
+\def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\def\insertword{insert}
+%
+\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\noneword
+    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
+  \else\ifx\temp\insertword
+    \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \relax
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @firstparagraphindent option `\temp'}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% Here is how we actually suppress indentation.  Redefine \everypar to
+% \kern backwards by \parindent, and then reset itself to empty.
+%
+% We also make \indent itself not actually do anything until the next
+% paragraph.
+%
+\gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
+  \gdef\indent{%
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+    \indent
+  }%
+  \gdef\noindent{%
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+    \noindent
+  }%
+  \global\everypar = {%
+    \kern -\parindent
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+  }%
+}
+
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+  \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
+  \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
+  \global \everypar = {}%
+}
+
+
+% @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
+%
+\def\asis#1{#1}
+
+% @math outputs its argument in math mode.
+%
+% One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
+% an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+    \catcode`\_=\active
+    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+  }
+}
+% Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
+% FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
+% this is not advertised and we don't care.  Texinfo does not
+% otherwise define @\.
+%
+% The \mathchar is class=0=ordinary, family=7=ttfam, position=5C=\.
+\def\mathbackslash{\ifnum\fam=\ttfam \mathchar"075C \else\backslash \fi}
+%
+\def\math{%
+  \tex
+  \mathunderscore
+  \let\\ = \mathbackslash
+  \mathactive
+  $\finishmath
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
+
+% Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+%
+{
+  \catcode`^ = \active
+  \catcode`< = \active
+  \catcode`> = \active
+  \catcode`+ = \active
+  \gdef\mathactive{%
+    \let^ = \ptexhat
+    \let< = \ptexless
+    \let> = \ptexgtr
+    \let+ = \ptexplus
+  }
+}
+
+% @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
+\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
+\def\minus{$-$}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
+% font as three actual period characters.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \hbox to 1.5em{%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil
+    .\hfil.\hfil.%
+    \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil
+  }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+  \dots
+  \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+}
+
+% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
+% Texinfo's parsing.
+%
+\let\comma = ,
+
+% @refill is a no-op.
+\let\refill=\relax
+
+% If working on a large document in chapters, it is convenient to
+% be able to disable indexing, cross-referencing, and contents, for test runs.
+% This is done with @novalidate (before @setfilename).
+%
+\newif\iflinks \linkstrue % by default we want the aux files.
+\let\novalidate = \linksfalse
+
+% @setfilename is done at the beginning of every texinfo file.
+% So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
+% This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
+\def\setfilename{%
+   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
+   \iflinks
+     \tryauxfile
+     % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+     \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+   \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
+   \openindices
+   \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+   %
+   % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
+   % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
+   \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
+   \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+   \closein 1
+   %
+   \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
+}
+
+% Called from \setfilename.
+%
+\def\openindices{%
+  \newindex{cp}%
+  \newcodeindex{fn}%
+  \newcodeindex{vr}%
+  \newcodeindex{tp}%
+  \newcodeindex{ky}%
+  \newcodeindex{pg}%
+}
+
+% @bye.
+\outer\def\bye{\pagealignmacro\tracingstats=1\ptexend}
+
+
+\message{pdf,}
+% adobe `portable' document format
+\newcount\tempnum
+\newcount\lnkcount
+\newtoks\filename
+\newcount\filenamelength
+\newcount\pgn
+\newtoks\toksA
+\newtoks\toksB
+\newtoks\toksC
+\newtoks\toksD
+\newbox\boxA
+\newcount\countA
+\newif\ifpdf
+\newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
+
+% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
+% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
+% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
+\else
+  \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
+  \else
+    \ifcase\pdfoutput
+    \else
+      \pdftrue
+    \fi
+  \fi
+\fi
+
+% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
+% for display in the outlines, and in other places.  Thus, we have to
+% double any backslashes.  Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
+% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e.  Not good.
+% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
+% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
+% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do).
+
+% double active backslashes.
+% 
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
+   @catcode`@\=@active
+   @let\=@doublebackslash}
+}
+
+% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
+% not active characters.  hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
+% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens.  I've
+% tinkered with it a little for texinfo, but it's definitely from there.
+% 
+% #1 is the tokens to replace.
+% #2 is the replacement.
+% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
+% 
+\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
+  \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
+    ##1%
+    \ifx\\##2\\%
+    \else
+      #2%
+      \HyReturnAfterFi{%
+        \HyPsdReplace##2\END
+      }%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
+}
+\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
+\def\backslashparens#1{%
+  \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
+             % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
+  \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
+  \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
+}
+
+\ifpdf
+  \input pdfcolor
+  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
+  \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
+    \def\imagewidth{#2}%
+    \def\imageheight{#3}%
+    % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
+    % included twice.  (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
+    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+      \immediate\pdfimage
+    \else
+      \immediate\pdfximage
+    \fi
+      \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
+      \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+      \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
+         #1.pdf%
+       \else
+         {#1.pdf}%
+       \fi
+    \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
+      \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
+    \fi}
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+    \atdummies
+    \activebackslashdouble
+    \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+    \backslashparens\pdfdestname
+    \pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz%
+  }}%
+  %
+  % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
+  \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}%
+  %
+  \let\linkcolor = \Blue  % was Cyan, but that seems light?
+  \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+  % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
+  % come from Petr Olsak
+  \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
+    \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
+  \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
+    \advance\tempnum by 1
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
+  %
+  % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
+  % outline by the pdf viewer.  #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+  % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections).  #3 is the node text,
+  % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
+  % #4 is the page number
+  %
+  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+    % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+    % page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
+    % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+    % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
+    \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+    \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
+      \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
+    \else
+      % Doubled backslashes in the name.
+      {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+       \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
+    {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+     \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
+    %
+    \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+    \begingroup
+      % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
+      \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
+      \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
+      %
+      % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
+	\def\thissecnum{0}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+	\def\thissecnum{##2}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+      }%
+      \def\thischapnum{0}%
+      \def\thissecnum{0}%
+      \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      %
+      % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+      % al. a second time, below.
+      \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+      \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+      \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+      \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+      \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+      \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+      \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+      \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+      \readdatafile{toc}%
+      %
+      % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+      % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+      % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
+      %
+      % We use the node names as the destinations.
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
+      %
+      % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
+      % document fonts.  Therefore we cannot use special characters,
+      % since the encoding is unknown.  For example, the eogonek from
+      % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
+      % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
+      %
+      % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Right
+      % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
+      \indexnofonts
+      \setupdatafile
+      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+      \input \jobname.toc
+    \endgroup
+  }
+  %
+  \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
+    \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
+    \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
+      \ifx\p\space\else\addtokens{\filename}{\PP}%
+        \advance\filenamelength by 1
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \nextsp}
+  \def\getfilename#1{\filenamelength=0\expandafter\skipspaces#1|\relax}
+  \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
+    \let \startlink \pdfannotlink
+  \else
+    \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
+  \fi
+  % make a live url in pdf output.
+  \def\pdfurl#1{%
+    \begingroup
+      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+      % people have actually reported a problem with.
+      % 
+      \normalturnoffactive
+      \def\@{@}%
+      \let\/=\empty
+      \makevalueexpandable
+      \leavevmode\Red
+      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+        user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
+    \endgroup}
+  \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
+  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+  \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
+  \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
+  \def\maketoks{%
+    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
+    \ifx\first0\adn0
+    \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
+    \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
+    \else\ifx\first7\adn7 \else\ifx\first8\adn8 \else\ifx\first9\adn9
+    \else
+      \ifnum0=\countA\else\makelink\fi
+      \ifx\first.\let\next=\done\else
+        \let\next=\maketoks
+        \addtokens{\toksB}{\the\toksD}
+        \ifx\first,\addtokens{\toksB}{\space}\fi
+      \fi
+    \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+    \next}
+  \def\makelink{\addtokens{\toksB}%
+    {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
+  \def\pdflink#1{%
+    \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
+    \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+  \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
+\else
+  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+  \let\endlink = \relax
+  \let\linkcolor = \relax
+  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\fi  % \ifx\pdfoutput
+
+
+\message{fonts,}
+
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+  \csname ten#1\endcsname  % change the current font
+}
+
+% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+%
+\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
+
+% Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
+% So we set up a \sf.
+\newfam\sffam
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
+\let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
+
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
+% Default leading.
+\newdimen\textleading  \textleading = 13.2pt
+
+% Set the baselineskip to #1, and the lineskip and strut size
+% correspondingly.  There is no deep meaning behind these magic numbers
+% used as factors; they just match (closely enough) what Knuth defined.
+%
+\def\lineskipfactor{.08333}
+\def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
+\def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
+%
+\def\setleading#1{%
+  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+  \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
+  \normalbaselines
+  \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
+    \vrule width0pt height\strutheightpercent\baselineskip
+                    depth \strutdepthpercent \baselineskip
+  }%
+}
+
+% Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
+% specified font prefix (normally `cm').
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+
+% Use cm as the default font prefix.
+% To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
+% before you read in texinfo.tex.
+\ifx\fontprefix\undefined
+\def\fontprefix{cm}
+\fi
+% Support font families that don't use the same naming scheme as CM.
+\def\rmshape{r}
+\def\rmbshape{bx}               %where the normal face is bold
+\def\bfshape{b}
+\def\bxshape{bx}
+\def\ttshape{tt}
+\def\ttbshape{tt}
+\def\ttslshape{sltt}
+\def\itshape{ti}
+\def\itbshape{bxti}
+\def\slshape{sl}
+\def\slbshape{bxsl}
+\def\sfshape{ss}
+\def\sfbshape{ss}
+\def\scshape{csc}
+\def\scbshape{csc}
+
+% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+
+% Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\let\chapbf=\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+
+% Section fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+
+% Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}
+\font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi10
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
+
+% In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
+% we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
+% texinfo doesn't allow for producing subscripts and superscripts except
+% in the main text, we don't bother to reset \scriptfont and
+% \scriptscriptfont (which would also require loading a lot more fonts).
+%
+\def\resetmathfonts{%
+  \textfont0=\tenrm \textfont1=\teni \textfont2=\tensy
+  \textfont\itfam=\tenit \textfont\slfam=\tensl \textfont\bffam=\tenbf
+  \textfont\ttfam=\tentt \textfont\sffam=\tensf
+}
+
+% The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
+% of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
+% current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
+% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used in
+% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+%
+% This all needs generalizing, badly.
+%
+\def\textfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
+  \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
+  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{text}%
+  \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
+\def\titlefonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
+  \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
+  \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
+  \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+  \def\curfontsize{title}%
+  \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
+\def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
+\def\chapfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
+  \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
+  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{chap}%
+  \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
+\def\secfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
+  \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
+  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{sec}%
+  \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
+\def\subsecfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
+  \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
+  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
+  \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
+\def\reducedfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
+  \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
+  \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
+  \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
+  \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
+  \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{small}%
+  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
+\def\smallerfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
+  \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
+  \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
+  \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
+  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
+
+% Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
+\let\smallexamplefonts = \smallfonts
+
+% About \smallexamplefonts.  If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
+% can fit this many characters:
+%   8.5x11=86   smallbook=72  a4=90  a5=69
+% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+%   8.5x11=90+  smallbook=80  a4=90+  a5=77
+% For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
+% the additional smallness of 8pt.  So I'm making the default 9pt.
+%
+% By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
+%   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
+%
+% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
+% --karl, 24jan03.
+
+
+% Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
+%
+\textfonts \rm
+
+% Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
+\def\angleleft{$\langle$}
+\def\angleright{$\rangle$}
+
+% Count depth in font-changes, for error checks
+\newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
+
+% Fonts for short table of contents.
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}  % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+
+%% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
+%% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
+
+% \smartitalic{ARG} outputs arg in italics, followed by an italic correction
+% unless the following character is such as not to need one.
+\def\smartitalicx{\ifx\next,\else\ifx\next-\else\ifx\next.\else
+                    \ptexslash\fi\fi\fi}
+\def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+\def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
+% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
+\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
+% ttsl for book titles, do we?
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+\let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\slanted=\smartslanted
+\let\var=\smartslanted
+\let\dfn=\smartslanted
+\let\emph=\smartitalic
+
+% @b, explicit bold.
+\def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
+\let\strong=\b
+
+% @sansserif, explicit sans.
+\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
+
+% We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
+% the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
+% group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
+%
+\def\nohyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = -1  \aftergroup\restorehyphenation}
+\def\restorehyphenation{\hyphenchar\font = `- }
+
+% Set sfcode to normal for the chars that usually have another value.
+% Can't use plain's \frenchspacing because it uses the `\x notation, and
+% sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
+%
+\chardef\colonChar = `\:
+\chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dotChar   = `\.
+\chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\semiChar  = `\;
+%
+\catcode`@=11
+  \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
+    \sfcode\dotChar  =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
+    \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
+  }
+  \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
+    \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
+    \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
+    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
+  }
+\catcode`@=\other
+\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
+
+\def\t#1{%
+  {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+  \null
+}
+\def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\font\keysy=cmsy9
+\def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
+  \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
+    \vbox{\hrule\kern-0.4pt
+     \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
+    \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
+  \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+% The old definition, with no lozenge:
+%\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
+\def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
+
+% @file, @option are the same as @samp.
+\let\file=\samp
+\let\option=\samp
+
+% @code is a modification of @t,
+% which makes spaces the same size as normal in the surrounding text.
+\def\tclose#1{%
+  {%
+    % Change normal interword space to be same as for the current font.
+    \spaceskip = \fontdimen2\font
+    %
+    % Switch to typewriter.
+    \tt
+    %
+    % But `\ ' produces the large typewriter interword space.
+    \def\ {{\spaceskip = 0pt{} }}%
+    %
+    % Turn off hyphenation.
+    \nohyphenation
+    %
+    \rawbackslash
+    \plainfrenchspacing
+    #1%
+  }%
+  \null
+}
+
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
+% Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
+% in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
+
+% Unfortunately, TeX uses one parameter (\hyphenchar) to control
+% both hyphenation at - and hyphenation within words.
+% We must therefore turn them both off (\tclose does that)
+% and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
+%  -- rms.
+{
+  \catcode`\-=\active
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  %
+  \global\def\code{\begingroup
+    \catcode`\-=\active  \catcode`\_=\active
+    \ifallowcodebreaks
+     \let-\codedash
+     \let_\codeunder
+    \else
+     \let-\realdash
+     \let_\realunder
+    \fi
+    \codex
+  }
+}
+
+\def\realdash{-}
+\def\codedash{-\discretionary{}{}{}}
+\def\codeunder{%
+  % this is all so @math{@code{var_name}+1} can work.  In math mode, _
+  % is "active" (mathcode"8000) and \normalunderscore (or \char95, etc.)
+  % will therefore expand the active definition of _, which is us
+  % (inside @code that is), therefore an endless loop.
+  \ifusingtt{\ifmmode
+               \mathchar"075F % class 0=ordinary, family 7=ttfam, pos 0x5F=_.
+             \else\normalunderscore \fi
+             \discretionary{}{}{}}%
+            {\_}%
+}
+\def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
+
+% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
+% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is undesirable in
+% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
+% general.  @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
+% 
+\newif\ifallowcodebreaks  \allowcodebreakstrue
+
+\def\keywordtrue{true}
+\def\keywordfalse{false}
+
+\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
+    \allowcodebreakstrue
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
+    \allowcodebreaksfalse
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
+% @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
+% then @kbd has no effect.
+
+% @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
+%   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
+%   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
+    \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\worddistinct{distinct}
+\def\wordexample{example}
+\def\wordcode{code}
+
+% Default is `distinct.'
+\kbdinputstyle distinct
+
+\def\xkey{\key}
+\def\kbdfoo#1#2#3\par{\def\one{#1}\def\three{#3}\def\threex{??}%
+\ifx\one\xkey\ifx\threex\three \key{#2}%
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
+\else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
+
+% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\indicateurl=\code
+\let\env=\code
+\let\command=\code
+
+% @uref (abbreviation for `urlref') takes an optional (comma-separated)
+% second argument specifying the text to display and an optional third
+% arg as text to display instead of (rather than in addition to) the url
+% itself.  First (mandatory) arg is the url.  Perhaps eventually put in
+% a hypertex \special here.
+%
+\def\uref#1{\douref #1,,,\finish}
+\def\douref#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{\begingroup
+  \unsepspaces
+  \pdfurl{#1}%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \unhbox0 % third arg given, show only that
+  \else
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+      \ifpdf
+        \unhbox0             % PDF: 2nd arg given, show only it
+      \else
+        \unhbox0\ (\code{#1})% DVI: 2nd arg given, show both it and url
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \code{#1}% only url given, so show it
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
+%
+\let\url=\uref
+
+% rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
+% So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
+%
+%\def\email#1{\angleleft{\tt #1}\angleright}
+\ifpdf
+  \def\email#1{\doemail#1,,\finish}
+  \def\doemail#1,#2,#3\finish{\begingroup
+    \unsepspaces
+    \pdfurl{mailto:#1}%
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \ifdim\wd0>0pt\unhbox0\else\code{#1}\fi
+    \endlink
+  \endgroup}
+\else
+  \let\email=\uref
+\fi
+
+% Check if we are currently using a typewriter font.  Since all the
+% Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero interword stretch (and
+% shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all typewriter fonts to have
+% this property, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifmonospace{\ifdim\fontdimen3\font=0pt }
+
+% Typeset a dimension, e.g., `in' or `pt'.  The only reason for the
+% argument is to make the input look right: @dmn{pt} instead of @dmn{}pt.
+%
+\def\dmn#1{\thinspace #1}
+
+\def\kbd#1{\def\look{#1}\expandafter\kbdfoo\look??\par}
+
+% @l was never documented to mean ``switch to the Lisp font'',
+% and it is not used as such in any manual I can find.  We need it for
+% Polish suppressed-l.  --karl, 22sep96.
+%\def\l#1{{\li #1}\null}
+
+% Explicit font changes: @r, @sc, undocumented @ii.
+\def\r#1{{\rm #1}}              % roman font
+\def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
+\def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
+
+% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
+% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
+% all-uppercase.
+% 
+\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
+\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+  {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
+% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+% 
+\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
+\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+  {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
+%
+\def\pounds{{\it\$}}
+
+% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
+% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
+% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
+% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
+% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
+% 
+% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
+% that.  The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
+% font height.
+% 
+% feymr - regular
+% feymo - slanted
+% feybr - bold
+% feybo - bold slanted
+% 
+% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
+% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
+% Hmm.
+% 
+% Also doesn't work in math.  Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
+% Hope not.
+% 
+% 
+\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
+\def\eurofont{%
+  % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
+  % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
+  % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
+  % font installed.
+  % 
+  % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
+  % that to the current nominal size.
+  % 
+  % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
+  % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
+  % 
+  \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+  %
+  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename 
+    % bold:
+    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
+  \else 
+    % regular:
+    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
+  \fi
+  \thiseurofont
+}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  The font for the R should really
+% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
+% Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
+%
+\def\registeredsymbol{%
+  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+               \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+    }$%
+}
+
+% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
+%  Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14)  (68K)  16 APR 2004 02:38
+% so we'll define it if necessary.
+% 
+\ifx\Orb\undefined
+\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
+\fi
+
+
+\message{page headings,}
+
+\newskip\titlepagetopglue \titlepagetopglue = 1.5in
+\newskip\titlepagebottomglue \titlepagebottomglue = 2pc
+
+% First the title page.  Must do @settitle before @titlepage.
+\newif\ifseenauthor
+\newif\iffinishedtitlepage
+
+% Do an implicit @contents or @shortcontents after @end titlepage if the
+% user says @setcontentsaftertitlepage or @setshortcontentsaftertitlepage.
+%
+\newif\ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setcontentsaftertitlepage = \setcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+\newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+ \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
+
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+        \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
+
+\envdef\titlepage{%
+  % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+  \begingroup
+    \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+    % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+    \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+    % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+    \finishedtitlepagetrue
+    %
+    % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+    % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+    \let\oldpage = \page
+    \def\page{%
+      \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+	 \finishtitlepage
+      \fi
+      \let\page = \oldpage
+      \page
+      \null
+    }%
+}
+
+\def\Etitlepage{%
+    \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+	\finishtitlepage
+    \fi
+    % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+    % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+    % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+    % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+    \oldpage
+  \endgroup
+  %
+  % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+  % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+  \HEADINGSon
+  %
+  % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+  \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+    \shortcontents
+    \contents
+    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+    \global\let\contents = \relax
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+    \contents
+    \global\let\contents = \relax
+    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\finishtitlepage{%
+  \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+  \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+  \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+
+\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
+
+\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
+		\let\tt=\authortt}
+
+\parseargdef\title{%
+  \checkenv\titlepage
+  \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
+  % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+  \finishedtitlepagefalse
+  \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\subtitle{%
+  \checkenv\titlepage
+  {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
+}
+
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+% It can also be used inside @quotation.
+%
+\parseargdef\author{%
+  \def\temp{\quotation}%
+  \ifx\thisenv\temp
+    \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
+  \else
+    \checkenv\titlepage
+    \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
+    {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+%%% Set up page headings and footings.
+
+\let\thispage=\folio
+
+\newtoks\evenheadline    % headline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddheadline     % headline on odd pages
+\newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
+\newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
+
+% Now make TeX use those variables
+\headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
+                            \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
+\footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
+                            \else \the\evenfootline \fi}\HEADINGShook}
+\let\HEADINGShook=\relax
+
+% Commands to set those variables.
+% For example, this is what  @headings on  does
+% @evenheading @thistitle|@thispage|@thischapter
+% @oddheading @thischapter|@thispage|@thistitle
+% @evenfooting @thisfile||
+% @oddfooting ||@thisfile
+
+
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+\global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
+
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
+  \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
+  %
+  % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
+  % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
+  \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
+  \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+}
+
+\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+
+% @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
+% @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
+% @headings off         turns them off.
+% @headings on          same as @headings double, retained for compatibility.
+% @headings after       turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings doubleafter turns on double-sided headings after this page.
+% @headings singleafter turns on single-sided headings after this page.
+% By default, they are off at the start of a document,
+% and turned `on' after @end titlepage.
+
+\def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\HEADINGSoff{%
+\global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
+\HEADINGSoff
+% When we turn headings on, set the page number to 1.
+% For double-sided printing, put current file name in lower left corner,
+% chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
+% title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
+% edge of all pages.
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+
+% For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
+% page number on top right.
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
+\global\pageno=1
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}
+
+\def\HEADINGSafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSdoublex}
+\let\HEADINGSdoubleafter=\HEADINGSafter
+\def\HEADINGSdoublex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\folio\hfil\thistitle}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+}
+
+\def\HEADINGSsingleafter{\let\HEADINGShook=\HEADINGSsinglex}
+\def\HEADINGSsinglex{%
+\global\evenfootline={\hfil}
+\global\oddfootline={\hfil}
+\global\evenheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\oddheadline={\line{\thischapter\hfil\folio}}
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+}
+
+% Subroutines used in generating headings
+% This produces Day Month Year style of output.
+% Only define if not already defined, in case a txi-??.tex file has set
+% up a different format (e.g., txi-cs.tex does this).
+\ifx\today\undefined
+\def\today{%
+  \number\day\space
+  \ifcase\month
+  \or\putwordMJan\or\putwordMFeb\or\putwordMMar\or\putwordMApr
+  \or\putwordMMay\or\putwordMJun\or\putwordMJul\or\putwordMAug
+  \or\putwordMSep\or\putwordMOct\or\putwordMNov\or\putwordMDec
+  \fi
+  \space\number\year}
+\fi
+
+% @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
+% It generates no output of its own.
+\def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
+
+
+\message{tables,}
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
+
+% default indentation of table text
+\newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
+% default indentation of @itemize and @enumerate text
+\newdimen\itemindent  \itemindent=.3in
+% margin between end of table item and start of table text.
+\newdimen\itemmargin  \itemmargin=.1in
+
+% used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
+\newdimen\itemmax
+
+% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% these defs.
+% They also define \itemindex
+% to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
+
+\newif\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip
+
+\def\itemxpar{\par\ifitemxneedsnegativevskip\nobreak\vskip-\parskip\nobreak\fi}
+
+\def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
+\def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
+
+\def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
+  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+  \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
+  \itemindex{#1}%
+  \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
+  %
+  % If the item text does not fit in the space we have, put it on a line
+  % by itself, and do not allow a page break either before or after that
+  % line.  We do not start a paragraph here because then if the next
+  % command is, e.g., @kindex, the whatsit would get put into the
+  % horizontal list on a line by itself, resulting in extra blank space.
+  \ifdim \wd0>\itemmax
+    %
+    % Make this a paragraph so we get the \parskip glue and wrapping,
+    % but leave it ragged-right.
+    \begingroup
+      \advance\leftskip by-\tableindent
+      \advance\hsize by\tableindent
+      \advance\rightskip by0pt plus1fil
+      \leavevmode\unhbox0\par
+    \endgroup
+    %
+    % We're going to be starting a paragraph, but we don't want the
+    % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
+    \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
+    %
+    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  However, if
+    % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
+    % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
+    % cause the example and the item to crash together.  So we use this
+    % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
+    % \parskip glue after all.  Section titles are handled this way also.
+    % 
+    \penalty 10001
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
+  \else
+    % The item text fits into the space.  Start a paragraph, so that the
+    % following text (if any) will end up on the same line.
+    \noindent
+    % Do this with kerns and \unhbox so that if there is a footnote in
+    % the item text, it can migrate to the main vertical list and
+    % eventually be printed.
+    \nobreak\kern-\tableindent
+    \dimen0 = \itemmax  \advance\dimen0 by \itemmargin \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0
+    \unhbox0
+    \nobreak\kern\dimen0
+    \endgroup
+    \itemxneedsnegativevskiptrue
+  \fi
+}
+
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
+
+% @table, @ftable, @vtable.
+\envdef\table{%
+  \let\itemindex\gobble
+  \tablecheck{table}%
+}
+\envdef\ftable{%
+  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+  \tablecheck{ftable}%
+}
+\envdef\vtable{%
+  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+  \tablecheck{vtable}%
+}
+\def\tablecheck#1{%
+  \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
+    \endgroup
+    \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
+      that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+    \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
+  \else
+    \let\next\tablex
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+\def\tablex#1{%
+  \def\itemindicate{#1}%
+  \parsearg\tabley
+}
+\def\tabley#1{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\temp \endtablez
+}
+\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+  \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+  \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+  \itemmax=\tableindent
+  \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+  \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+  \exdentamount=\tableindent
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \parskip = \smallskipamount
+  \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+  \let\item = \internalBitem
+  \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
+\let\Eftable\Etable
+\let\Evtable\Etable
+\let\Eitemize\Etable
+\let\Eenumerate\Etable
+
+% This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
+
+\newcount \itemno
+
+\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
+
+\def\doitemize#1{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \itemmax=\itemindent
+  \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
+  \advance\leftskip by \itemindent
+  \exdentamount=\itemindent
+  \parindent=0pt
+  \parskip=\smallskipamount
+  \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+  \def\itemcontents{#1}%
+  % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
+  \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
+  \let\item=\itemizeitem
+}
+
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+%
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+  \advance\itemno by 1  % for enumerations
+  {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+  {%
+   % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+   % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
+   % done a \vskip-\parskip.  In that case, we don't want to zero
+   % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading.  On the
+   % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
+   % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
+   % space.  In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before.  At least
+   % that's the theory.
+   \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
+   \noindent
+   \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
+   \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+  \flushcr
+}
+
+% \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
+% TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
+%
+\def\splitoff#1#2\endmark{\def\first{#1}\def\rest{#2}}%
+
+% Allow an optional argument of an uppercase letter, lowercase letter,
+% or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
+% argument is the same as `1'.
+%
+\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
+\def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
+  % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
+  \def\thearg{#1}%
+  \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
+  %
+  % Detect if the argument is a single token.  If so, it might be a
+  % letter.  Otherwise, the only valid thing it can be is a number.
+  % (We will always have one token, because of the test we just made.
+  % This is a good thing, since \splitoff doesn't work given nothing at
+  % all -- the first parameter is undelimited.)
+  \expandafter\splitoff\thearg\endmark
+  \ifx\rest\empty
+    % Only one token in the argument.  It could still be anything.
+    % A ``lowercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is nonzero.
+    % An ``uppercase letter'' is one whose \lccode is both nonzero, and
+    %   not equal to itself.
+    % Otherwise, we assume it's a number.
+    %
+    % We need the \relax at the end of the \ifnum lines to stop TeX from
+    % continuing to look for a <number>.
+    %
+    \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=0\relax
+      \numericenumerate % a number (we hope)
+    \else
+      % It's a letter.
+      \ifnum\lccode\expandafter`\thearg=\expandafter`\thearg\relax
+        \lowercaseenumerate % lowercase letter
+      \else
+        \uppercaseenumerate % uppercase letter
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Multiple tokens in the argument.  We hope it's a number.
+    \numericenumerate
+  \fi
+}
+
+% An @enumerate whose labels are integers.  The starting integer is
+% given in \thearg.
+%
+\def\numericenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \thearg
+  \startenumeration{\the\itemno}%
+}
+
+% The starting (lowercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\lowercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more lowercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}%
+    \fi
+    \char\lccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% The starting (uppercase) letter is in \thearg.
+\def\uppercaseenumerate{%
+  \itemno = \expandafter`\thearg
+  \startenumeration{%
+    % Be sure we're not beyond the end of the alphabet.
+    \ifnum\itemno=0
+      \errmessage{No more uppercase letters in @enumerate; get a bigger
+                  alphabet}
+    \fi
+    \char\uccode\itemno
+  }%
+}
+
+% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
+% \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
+%
+\def\startenumeration#1{%
+  \advance\itemno by -1
+  \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
+}
+
+% @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
+% to @enumerate.
+%
+\def\alphaenumerate{\enumerate{a}}
+\def\capsenumerate{\enumerate{A}}
+\def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+\def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
+
+
+% @multitable macros
+% Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
+%
+% @multitable ... @end multitable will make as many columns as desired.
+% Contents of each column will wrap at width given in preamble.  Width
+% can be specified either with sample text given in a template line,
+% or in percent of \hsize, the current width of text on page.
+
+% Table can continue over pages but will only break between lines.
+
+% To make preamble:
+%
+% Either define widths of columns in terms of percent of \hsize:
+%   @multitable @columnfractions .25 .3 .45
+%   @item ...
+%
+%   Numbers following @columnfractions are the percent of the total
+%   current hsize to be used for each column. You may use as many
+%   columns as desired.
+
+
+% Or use a template:
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item ...
+%   using the widest term desired in each column.
+
+% Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
+% starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
+% with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
+% ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
+
+% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
+% if they are.
+
+% Sample multitable:
+
+%   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff @tab third col
+%   @item
+%   first col stuff
+%   @tab
+%   second col stuff
+%   @tab
+%   third col
+%   @item first col stuff @tab second col stuff
+%   @tab Many paragraphs of text may be used in any column.
+%
+%         They will wrap at the width determined by the template.
+%   @item@tab@tab This will be in third column.
+%   @end multitable
+
+% Default dimensions may be reset by user.
+% @multitableparskip is vertical space between paragraphs in table.
+% @multitableparindent is paragraph indent in table.
+% @multitablecolmargin is horizontal space to be left between columns.
+% @multitablelinespace is space to leave between table items, baseline
+%                                                            to baseline.
+%   0pt means it depends on current normal line spacing.
+%
+\newskip\multitableparskip
+\newskip\multitableparindent
+\newdimen\multitablecolspace
+\newskip\multitablelinespace
+\multitableparskip=0pt
+\multitableparindent=6pt
+\multitablecolspace=12pt
+\multitablelinespace=0pt
+
+% Macros used to set up halign preamble:
+%
+\let\endsetuptable\relax
+\def\xendsetuptable{\endsetuptable}
+\let\columnfractions\relax
+\def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
+\newif\ifsetpercent
+
+% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
+% be just 1.  We just use it, whatever it is.
+%
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
+  \global\advance\colcount by 1
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
+  \setuptable
+}
+
+\newcount\colcount
+\def\setuptable#1{%
+  \def\firstarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\firstarg\xendsetuptable
+    \let\go = \relax
+  \else
+    \ifx\firstarg\xcolumnfractions
+      \global\setpercenttrue
+    \else
+      \ifsetpercent
+         \let\go\pickupwholefraction
+      \else
+         \global\advance\colcount by 1
+         \setbox0=\hbox{#1\unskip\space}% Add a normal word space as a
+                   % separator; typically that is always in the input, anyway.
+         \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{\the\wd0}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \ifx\go\pickupwholefraction
+      % Put the argument back for the \pickupwholefraction call, so
+      % we'll always have a period there to be parsed.
+      \def\go{\pickupwholefraction#1}%
+    \else
+      \let\go = \setuptable
+    \fi%
+  \fi
+  \go
+}
+
+% multitable-only commands.
+%
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
+% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
+% of an alignment entry.  Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
+\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
+%
+% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
+% line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just `&' until
+% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+%					--karl, nathan@acm.org, 20apr99.
+\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
+
+% @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
+%
+\newtoks\everytab  % insert after every tab.
+%
+\envdef\multitable{%
+  \vskip\parskip
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
+  % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
+  % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
+  % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
+  \def\item{\crcr}%
+  %
+  \tolerance=9500
+  \hbadness=9500
+  \setmultitablespacing
+  \parskip=\multitableparskip
+  \parindent=\multitableparindent
+  \overfullrule=0pt
+  \global\colcount=0
+  %
+  \everycr = {%
+    \noalign{%
+      \global\everytab={}%
+      \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
+      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+      \checkinserts
+      % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+      %\filbreak
+	% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
+	% table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the
+	% problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+    }%
+  }%
+  %
+  \parsearg\domultitable
+}
+\def\domultitable#1{%
+  % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
+  \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
+  %
+  % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
+  % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
+  % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
+  % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
+  \halign\bgroup &%
+    \global\advance\colcount by 1
+    \multistrut
+    \vtop{%
+      % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
+      \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+      %
+      % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+      % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+      % the first one.
+      %
+      % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+      % to the width of each template entry.
+      %
+      % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+      % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+      % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
+      % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+      %
+      % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+      \rightskip=0pt
+      \ifnum\colcount=1
+	% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+	\advance\hsize by\leftskip
+      \else
+	\ifsetpercent \else
+	  % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+	  % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+	  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+	\fi
+       % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+      \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+      \fi
+      % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+      % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+      % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+      % For example:
+      % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+      % @item @code{#}
+      % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+      % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
+      % marking characters.
+      \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
+    }\cr
+}
+\def\Emultitable{%
+  \crcr
+  \egroup % end the \halign
+  \global\setpercentfalse
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{%
+  \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
+  %
+  % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
+  % \multitableparskip calculation.  We used define \multistrut based on
+  % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
+  % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
+\ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
+\setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
+\global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
+\fi
+%% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
+%% table. If not, do nothing.
+%%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
+\ifdim\multitableparskip>\multitablelinespace
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi%
+\ifdim\multitableparskip=0pt
+\global\multitableparskip=\multitablelinespace
+\global\advance\multitableparskip-7pt %% to keep parskip somewhat smaller
+                                      %% than skip between lines in the table.
+\fi}
+
+
+\message{conditionals,}
+
+% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
+% @ifnotxml always succeed.  They currently do nothing; we don't
+% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested.  But we
+% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+% attempt to close an environment group.
+%
+\def\makecond#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+  \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
+}
+\makecond{iftex}
+\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifnotxml}
+
+% Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
+%
+\def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
+\def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
+\def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
+\def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
+\def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
+\def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
+\def\ifplaintext{\doignore{ifplaintext}}
+\def\ifxml{\doignore{ifxml}}
+\def\ignore{\doignore{ignore}}
+\def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
+\def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
+
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
+%
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
+\def\doignore#1{\begingroup
+  % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+  \obeylines
+  \catcode`\@ = \other
+  \catcode`\{ = \other
+  \catcode`\} = \other
+  %
+  % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
+  \spaceisspace
+  %
+  % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+  \doignorecount = 0
+  %
+  % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+  \dodoignore{#1}%
+}
+
+{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+  \obeylines %
+  %
+  \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+    % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
+    %
+    % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
+    \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
+      \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
+    %
+    % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+    % line.  (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+    % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+    \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
+    %
+    % And now expand that command.
+    \doignoretext ^^M%
+  }%
+}
+
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty			% Nothing found.
+    \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+  \else					% Found a nested condition, ...
+    \advance\doignorecount by 1
+    \let\next\doignoretextyyy		% ..., look for another.
+    % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+  \fi
+  \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+  \ifnum\doignorecount = 0	% We have just found the outermost @end.
+    \let\next\enddoignore
+  \else				% Still inside a nested condition.
+    \advance\doignorecount by -1
+    \let\next\doignoretext      % Look for the next @end.
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+{ \obeylines%
+  % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
+  % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
+  % would result in a blank line in the output.
+  \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
+}
+
+
+% @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
+% @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
+%
+% Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
+% empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
+% own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
+% didn't need it.
+% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
+%
+\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \def\temp{#2}%
+    \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+    \ifx\temp\empty
+      \next{}%
+    \else
+      \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+    \fi
+  }%
+}
+% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
+
+% @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
+%
+\parseargdef\clear{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
+  }%
+}
+
+% @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
+{
+  \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
+  %
+  \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
+    \let\value = \expandablevalue
+    % We don't want these characters active, ...
+    \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
+    % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
+    % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
+    % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
+    \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
+  }
+}
+
+% We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
+% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
+% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
+% the result winds up in the index file.  This means that if the
+% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
+% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
+% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
+%
+\def\expandablevalue#1{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
+    {[No value for ``#1'']}%
+    \message{Variable `#1', used in @value, is not set.}%
+  \else
+    \csname SET#1\endcsname
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
+% with @set.
+%
+% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+%
+\makecond{ifset}
+\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\def\doifset#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \let\next=\empty
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+      #1% If not set, redefine \next.
+    \fi
+    \expandafter
+  }\next
+}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
+
+% @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
+% defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
+%
+% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
+%
+\makecond{ifclear}
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
+
+% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory=\comment
+
+% @defininfoenclose.
+\let\definfoenclose=\comment
+
+
+\message{indexing,}
+% Index generation facilities
+
+% Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
+\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
+
+% \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
+% It automatically defines \fooindex such that
+% \fooindex ...rest of line... puts an entry in the index foo.
+% It also defines \fooindfile to be the number of the output channel for
+% the file that accumulates this index.  The file's extension is foo.
+% The name of an index should be no more than 2 characters long
+% for the sake of vms.
+%
+\def\newindex#1{%
+  \iflinks
+    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1 % Open the file
+  \fi
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%     % Define @#1index
+    \noexpand\doindex{#1}}
+}
+
+% @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
+%
+\def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
+
+% Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
+\def\newcodeindex#1{%
+  \iflinks
+    \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
+    \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
+  \fi
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
+}
+
+
+% @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
+% Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
+%
+% @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
+% inside @code.
+%
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+  % closing the target index.
+  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+  \fi
+  % redefine \fooindfile:
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+  % redefine \fooindex:
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
+}
+
+% Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
+% Argument #1 is generated by the calling \fooindex macro,
+%  and it is "foo", the name of the index.
+
+% \doindex just uses \parsearg; it calls \doind for the actual work.
+% This is because \doind is more useful to call from other macros.
+
+% There is also \dosubind {index}{topic}{subtopic}
+% which makes an entry in a two-level index such as the operation index.
+
+\def\doindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singleindexer}
+\def\singleindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{#1}}
+
+% like the previous two, but they put @code around the argument.
+\def\docodeindex#1{\edef\indexname{#1}\parsearg\singlecodeindexer}
+\def\singlecodeindexer #1{\doind{\indexname}{\code{#1}}}
+
+% Take care of Texinfo commands that can appear in an index entry.
+% Since there are some commands we want to expand, and others we don't,
+% we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
+%
+\def\indexdummies{%
+  \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
+  \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
+  \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+  % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
+  % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
+  % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
+  \let\{ = \mylbrace
+  \let\} = \myrbrace
+  %
+  % Do the redefinitions.
+  \commondummies
+}
+
+% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character.  So we want to
+% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
+% \realbackslash, still used for index files).  When everything uses @,
+% this will be simpler.
+%
+\def\atdummies{%
+  \def\@{@@}%
+  \def\ {@ }%
+  \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
+  \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
+  %
+  % Do the redefinitions.
+  \commondummies
+  \otherbackslash
+}
+
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
+%
+\def\commondummies{%
+  %
+  % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+  % preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control% words,
+  % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+  % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+  % from whatever follows.
+  %
+  % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+  % space.
+  %
+  % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+  % those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+  % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
+  %
+  \def\definedummyword  ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
+  \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
+  \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+  %
+  \commondummiesnofonts
+  %
+  \definedummyletter\_%
+  %
+  % Non-English letters.
+  \definedummyword\AA
+  \definedummyword\AE
+  \definedummyword\L
+  \definedummyword\OE
+  \definedummyword\O
+  \definedummyword\aa
+  \definedummyword\ae
+  \definedummyword\l
+  \definedummyword\oe
+  \definedummyword\o
+  \definedummyword\ss
+  \definedummyword\exclamdown
+  \definedummyword\questiondown
+  \definedummyword\ordf
+  \definedummyword\ordm
+  %
+  % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+  \definedummyword\bf
+  \definedummyword\gtr
+  \definedummyword\hat
+  \definedummyword\less
+  \definedummyword\sf
+  \definedummyword\sl
+  \definedummyword\tclose
+  \definedummyword\tt
+  %
+  \definedummyword\LaTeX
+  \definedummyword\TeX
+  %
+  % Assorted special characters.
+  \definedummyword\bullet
+  \definedummyword\comma
+  \definedummyword\copyright
+  \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
+  \definedummyword\dots
+  \definedummyword\enddots
+  \definedummyword\equiv
+  \definedummyword\error
+  \definedummyword\euro
+  \definedummyword\expansion
+  \definedummyword\minus
+  \definedummyword\pounds
+  \definedummyword\point
+  \definedummyword\print
+  \definedummyword\result
+  %
+  % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
+  \macrolist
+  %
+  \normalturnoffactive
+  %
+  % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
+  % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+  \makevalueexpandable
+}
+
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+%
+\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
+  % Control letters and accents.
+  \definedummyletter\!%
+  \definedummyaccent\"%
+  \definedummyaccent\'%
+  \definedummyletter\*%
+  \definedummyaccent\,%
+  \definedummyletter\.%
+  \definedummyletter\/%
+  \definedummyletter\:%
+  \definedummyaccent\=%
+  \definedummyletter\?%
+  \definedummyaccent\^%
+  \definedummyaccent\`%
+  \definedummyaccent\~%
+  \definedummyword\u
+  \definedummyword\v
+  \definedummyword\H
+  \definedummyword\dotaccent
+  \definedummyword\ringaccent
+  \definedummyword\tieaccent
+  \definedummyword\ubaraccent
+  \definedummyword\udotaccent
+  \definedummyword\dotless
+  %
+  % Texinfo font commands.
+  \definedummyword\b
+  \definedummyword\i
+  \definedummyword\r
+  \definedummyword\sc
+  \definedummyword\t
+  %
+  % Commands that take arguments.
+  \definedummyword\acronym
+  \definedummyword\cite
+  \definedummyword\code
+  \definedummyword\command
+  \definedummyword\dfn
+  \definedummyword\emph
+  \definedummyword\env
+  \definedummyword\file
+  \definedummyword\kbd
+  \definedummyword\key
+  \definedummyword\math
+  \definedummyword\option
+  \definedummyword\pxref
+  \definedummyword\ref
+  \definedummyword\samp
+  \definedummyword\strong
+  \definedummyword\tie
+  \definedummyword\uref
+  \definedummyword\url
+  \definedummyword\var
+  \definedummyword\verb
+  \definedummyword\w
+  \definedummyword\xref
+}
+
+% \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
+% by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
+% control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
+% would be for a given command (usually its argument).
+%
+\def\indexnofonts{%
+  % Accent commands should become @asis.
+  \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+  % We can just ignore other control letters.
+  \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+  % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
+  \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
+  %
+  \commondummiesnofonts
+  %
+  % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+  % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+  % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+  %\let\tt=\asis
+  %
+  \def\ { }%
+  \def\@{@}%
+  % how to handle braces?
+  \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
+  %
+  % Non-English letters.
+  \def\AA{AA}%
+  \def\AE{AE}%
+  \def\L{L}%
+  \def\OE{OE}%
+  \def\O{O}%
+  \def\aa{aa}%
+  \def\ae{ae}%
+  \def\l{l}%
+  \def\oe{oe}%
+  \def\o{o}%
+  \def\ss{ss}%
+  \def\exclamdown{!}%
+  \def\questiondown{?}%
+  \def\ordf{a}%
+  \def\ordm{o}%
+  %
+  \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
+  \def\TeX{TeX}%
+  %
+  % Assorted special characters.
+  % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
+  \def\bullet{bullet}%
+  \def\comma{,}%
+  \def\copyright{copyright}%
+  \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
+  \def\dots{...}%
+  \def\enddots{...}%
+  \def\equiv{==}%
+  \def\error{error}%
+  \def\euro{euro}%
+  \def\expansion{==>}%
+  \def\minus{-}%
+  \def\pounds{pounds}%
+  \def\point{.}%
+  \def\print{-|}%
+  \def\result{=>}%
+  %
+  % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
+  % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
+  % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
+  % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
+  % that starts with \.
+  % 
+  % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
+  % to take a single TeX argument.  The case of a macro invocation that
+  % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
+  % 
+  \macrolist
+}
+
+\let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
+\let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
+
+% Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
+% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
+
+% Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
+% #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
+% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
+% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
+%
+\def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+  \iflinks
+  {%
+    % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
+    \toks0 = {#2}%
+    % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
+    \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+    \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+    %
+    \ifvmode
+      \dosubindsanitize
+    \else
+      \dosubindwrite
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+%
+\def\dosubindwrite{%
+  % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
+  \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
+    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Remember, we are within a group.
+  \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+  \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+      % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+  %
+  % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+  % get the string to sort by.
+  {\indexnofonts
+   \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+   \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+  }%
+  %
+  % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+  % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
+  % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+  % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+  % sorted result.
+  \edef\temp{%
+    \write\writeto{%
+      \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
+  }%
+  \temp
+}
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that sequences
+% like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+% But wait, there is a catch there:
+% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip.  \ifdim is not
+% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
+% of the skip.  The only way seems to be to check the textual
+% representation of the skip.
+%
+% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
+% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
+%
+\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
+%
+% ..., ready, GO:
+%
+\def\dosubindsanitize{%
+  % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+  \skip0 = \lastskip
+  \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
+  \count255 = \lastpenalty
+  %
+  % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+  % skip.  And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+  % -\skip0 glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+  % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+  % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+  \else
+    \vskip-\skip0
+  \fi
+  %
+  \dosubindwrite
+  %
+  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+    % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
+    % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.  In that case, we want
+    % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
+    % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
+    % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
+    % 
+    %   @deffn deffn-whatever
+    %   @vindex index-whatever
+    %   Description.
+    % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+    % and the "Description." paragraph.
+    \ifnum\count255>9999 \penalty\count255 \fi
+  \else
+    % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+    % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+    % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+    \nobreak\vskip\skip0
+  \fi
+}
+
+% The index entry written in the file actually looks like
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}
+% or
+%  \entry {sortstring}{page}{topic}{subtopic}
+% The texindex program reads in these files and writes files
+% containing these kinds of lines:
+%  \initial {c}
+%     before the first topic whose initial is c
+%  \entry {topic}{pagelist}
+%     for a topic that is used without subtopics
+%  \primary {topic}
+%     for the beginning of a topic that is used with subtopics
+%  \secondary {subtopic}{pagelist}
+%     for each subtopic.
+
+% Define the user-accessible indexing commands
+% @findex, @vindex, @kindex, @cindex.
+
+\def\findex {\fnindex}
+\def\kindex {\kyindex}
+\def\cindex {\cpindex}
+\def\vindex {\vrindex}
+\def\tindex {\tpindex}
+\def\pindex {\pgindex}
+
+\def\cindexsub {\begingroup\obeylines\cindexsub}
+{\obeylines %
+\gdef\cindexsub "#1" #2^^M{\endgroup %
+\dosubind{cp}{#2}{#1}}}
+
+% Define the macros used in formatting output of the sorted index material.
+
+% @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
+% It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
+%
+\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
+  \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
+  %
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  \tolerance = 9500
+  \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
+  %
+  % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
+  % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
+  % \initial {@}
+  % as its first line, TeX doesn't complain about mismatched braces
+  % (because it thinks @} is a control sequence).
+  \catcode`\@ = 11
+  \openin 1 \jobname.#1s
+  \ifeof 1
+    % \enddoublecolumns gets confused if there is no text in the index,
+    % and it loses the chapter title and the aux file entries for the
+    % index.  The easiest way to prevent this problem is to make sure
+    % there is some text.
+    \putwordIndexNonexistent
+  \else
+    %
+    % If the index file exists but is empty, then \openin leaves \ifeof
+    % false.  We have to make TeX try to read something from the file, so
+    % it can discover if there is anything in it.
+    \read 1 to \temp
+    \ifeof 1
+      \putwordIndexIsEmpty
+    \else
+      % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
+      % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
+      % to make right now.
+      \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
+      \catcode`\\ = 0
+      \escapechar = `\\
+      \begindoublecolumns
+      \input \jobname.#1s
+      \enddoublecolumns
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+\endgroup}
+
+% These macros are used by the sorted index file itself.
+% Change them to control the appearance of the index.
+
+\def\initial#1{{%
+  % Some minor font changes for the special characters.
+  \let\tentt=\sectt \let\tt=\sectt \let\sf=\sectt
+  %
+  % Remove any glue we may have, we'll be inserting our own.
+  \removelastskip
+  %
+  % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
+  \nobreak
+  \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
+  \penalty 0
+  \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
+  %
+  % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
+  % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
+  % to column.  It still won't often be perfect, because of the stretch
+  % we need before each entry, but it's better.
+  %
+  % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
+  \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
+  \leftline{\secbf #1}%
+  % Do our best not to break after the initial.
+  \nobreak
+  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
+}}
+
+% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
+% and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+%
+% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
+%	\def\entry#1#2{...
+% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
+% @code, which sets - active.  This problem was fixed by a kludge---
+% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
+%
+% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
+%                                 --kasal, 21nov03
+\def\entry{%
+  \begingroup
+    %
+    % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+    % affect previous text.
+    \par
+    %
+    % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+    \parfillskip = 0in
+    %
+    % No extra space above this paragraph.
+    \parskip = 0in
+    %
+    % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+    \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+    %
+    % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+    % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
+    % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
+    % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+    % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+    %
+    % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+    % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+    \hangindent = 2em
+    %
+    % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+    % with blank space.
+    \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+    %
+    % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
+    % columns.
+    \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+    %
+    % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
+    \afterassignment\doentry
+    \let\temp =
+}
+\def\doentry{%
+    \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
+      \noindent
+      \aftergroup\finishentry
+      % And now comes the text of the entry.
+}
+\def\finishentry#1{%
+    % #1 is the page number.
+    %
+    % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+    % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
+    % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+    \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
+    \def\tempb{#1}%
+    \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
+    \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
+    \ifx\tempc\tempd
+      \ %
+    \else
+      %
+      % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+      % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+      % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+      \hfil\penalty50
+      \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+      %
+      % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+      % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
+      % \hbox ensues.
+      \ifpdf
+	\pdfgettoks#1.%
+	\ \the\toksA
+      \else
+	\ #1%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+    \par
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+\def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
+  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+
+\def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
+
+\newskip\secondaryindent \secondaryindent=0.5cm
+\def\secondary#1#2{{%
+  \parfillskip=0in
+  \parskip=0in
+  \hangindent=1in
+  \hangafter=1
+  \noindent\hskip\secondaryindent\hbox{#1}\indexdotfill
+  \ifpdf
+    \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+  \else
+    #2
+  \fi
+  \par
+}}
+
+% Define two-column mode, which we use to typeset indexes.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook, page 416, which is to say,
+% the manmac.tex format used to print the TeXbook itself.
+\catcode`\@=11
+
+\newbox\partialpage
+\newdimen\doublecolumnhsize
+
+\def\begindoublecolumns{\begingroup % ended by \enddoublecolumns
+  % Grab any single-column material above us.
+  \output = {%
+    %
+    % Here is a possibility not foreseen in manmac: if we accumulate a
+    % whole lot of material, we might end up calling this \output
+    % routine twice in a row (see the doublecol-lose test, which is
+    % essentially a couple of indexes with @setchapternewpage off).  In
+    % that case we just ship out what is in \partialpage with the normal
+    % output routine.  Generally, \partialpage will be empty when this
+    % runs and this will be a no-op.  See the indexspread.tex test case.
+    \ifvoid\partialpage \else
+      \onepageout{\pagecontents\partialpage}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \global\setbox\partialpage = \vbox{%
+      % Unvbox the main output page.
+      \unvbox\PAGE
+      \kern-\topskip \kern\baselineskip
+    }%
+  }%
+  \eject % run that output routine to set \partialpage
+  %
+  % Use the double-column output routine for subsequent pages.
+  \output = {\doublecolumnout}%
+  %
+  % Change the page size parameters.  We could do this once outside this
+  % routine, in each of @smallbook, @afourpaper, and the default 8.5x11
+  % format, but then we repeat the same computation.  Repeating a couple
+  % of assignments once per index is clearly meaningless for the
+  % execution time, so we may as well do it in one place.
+  %
+  % First we halve the line length, less a little for the gutter between
+  % the columns.  We compute the gutter based on the line length, so it
+  % changes automatically with the paper format.  The magic constant
+  % below is chosen so that the gutter has the same value (well, +-<1pt)
+  % as it did when we hard-coded it.
+  %
+  % We put the result in a separate register, \doublecolumhsize, so we
+  % can restore it in \pagesofar, after \hsize itself has (potentially)
+  % been clobbered.
+  %
+  \doublecolumnhsize = \hsize
+    \advance\doublecolumnhsize by -.04154\hsize
+    \divide\doublecolumnhsize by 2
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  %
+  % Double the \vsize as well.  (We don't need a separate register here,
+  % since nobody clobbers \vsize.)
+  \vsize = 2\vsize
+}
+
+% The double-column output routine for all double-column pages except
+% the last.
+%
+\def\doublecolumnout{%
+  \splittopskip=\topskip \splitmaxdepth=\maxdepth
+  % Get the available space for the double columns -- the normal
+  % (undoubled) page height minus any material left over from the
+  % previous page.
+  \dimen@ = \vsize
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2
+  \advance\dimen@ by -\ht\partialpage
+  %
+  % box0 will be the left-hand column, box2 the right.
+  \setbox0=\vsplit255 to\dimen@ \setbox2=\vsplit255 to\dimen@
+  \onepageout\pagesofar
+  \unvbox255
+  \penalty\outputpenalty
+}
+%
+% Re-output the contents of the output page -- any previous material,
+% followed by the two boxes we just split, in box0 and box2.
+\def\pagesofar{%
+  \unvbox\partialpage
+  %
+  \hsize = \doublecolumnhsize
+  \wd0=\hsize \wd2=\hsize
+  \hbox to\pagewidth{\box0\hfil\box2}%
+}
+%
+% All done with double columns.
+\def\enddoublecolumns{%
+  \output = {%
+    % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
+    % current page, no automatic page break.
+    \balancecolumns
+    %
+    % If we end up splitting too much material for the current page,
+    % though, there will be another page break right after this \output
+    % invocation ends.  Having called \balancecolumns once, we do not
+    % want to call it again.  Therefore, reset \output to its normal
+    % definition right away.  (We hope \balancecolumns will never be
+    % called on to balance too much material, but if it is, this makes
+    % the output somewhat more palatable.)
+    \global\output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}%
+  }%
+  \eject
+  \endgroup % started in \begindoublecolumns
+  %
+  % \pagegoal was set to the doubled \vsize above, since we restarted
+  % the current page.  We're now back to normal single-column
+  % typesetting, so reset \pagegoal to the normal \vsize (after the
+  % \endgroup where \vsize got restored).
+  \pagegoal = \vsize
+}
+%
+% Called at the end of the double column material.
+\def\balancecolumns{%
+  \setbox0 = \vbox{\unvbox255}% like \box255 but more efficient, see p.120.
+  \dimen@ = \ht0
+  \advance\dimen@ by \topskip
+  \advance\dimen@ by-\baselineskip
+  \divide\dimen@ by 2 % target to split to
+  %debug\message{final 2-column material height=\the\ht0, target=\the\dimen@.}%
+  \splittopskip = \topskip
+  % Loop until we get a decent breakpoint.
+  {%
+    \vbadness = 10000
+    \loop
+      \global\setbox3 = \copy0
+      \global\setbox1 = \vsplit3 to \dimen@
+    \ifdim\ht3>\dimen@
+      \global\advance\dimen@ by 1pt
+    \repeat
+  }%
+  %debug\message{split to \the\dimen@, column heights: \the\ht1, \the\ht3.}%
+  \setbox0=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox1}%
+  \setbox2=\vbox to\dimen@{\unvbox3}%
+  %
+  \pagesofar
+}
+\catcode`\@ = \other
+
+
+\message{sectioning,}
+% Chapters, sections, etc.
+
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course.  But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
+\newcount\chapno
+\newcount\secno        \secno=0
+\newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
+\newcount\subsubsecno  \subsubsecno=0
+
+% This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
+\newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
+%
+% \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
+\def\appendixletter{%
+  \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`C C%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`D D%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`E E%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`F F%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`G G%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`H H%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`I I%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`J J%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`K K%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`L L%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`M M%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`N N%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`O O%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`P P%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Q Q%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`R R%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`S S%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`T T%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`U U%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`V V%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`W W%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`X X%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Y Y%
+  \else\ifnum\appendixno=`Z Z%
+  % The \the is necessary, despite appearances, because \appendixletter is
+  % expanded while writing the .toc file.  \char\appendixno is not
+  % expandable, thus it is written literally, thus all appendixes come out
+  % with the same letter (or @) in the toc without it.
+  \else\char\the\appendixno
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
+  \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
+
+% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
+% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise.
+% However, they are not reliable, because we don't use marks.
+\def\thischapter{}
+\def\thissection{}
+
+\newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
+
+% @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
+\def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
+\let\up=\raisesections % original BFox name
+
+% @lowersections: treat @chapter as section, @section as subsection, etc.
+\def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
+\let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
+
+% we only have subsub.
+\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
+%
+% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
+% To achieve this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
+%
+% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
+% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
+\def\chapheadtype{N}
+
+% Choose a heading macro
+% #1 is heading type
+% #2 is heading level
+% #3 is text for heading
+\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
+  % Compute the abs. sec. level:
+  \absseclevel=#2
+  \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
+  % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
+  \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
+    \absseclevel = 0
+  \else
+    \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
+      \absseclevel = 3
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  % The heading type:
+  \def\headtype{#1}%
+  \if \headtype U%
+    \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
+      \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % Check for appendix sections:
+    \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
+      \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
+    \else
+      \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
+	\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
+      \fi\fi
+    \fi
+    % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
+    \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
+      \def\headtype{U}%
+    \else
+      \chardef\unmlevel = 3
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  % Now print the heading:
+  \if \headtype U%
+    \ifcase\absseclevel
+	\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \if \headtype A%
+      \ifcase\absseclevel
+	  \appendixzzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \ifcase\absseclevel
+	  \chapterzzz{#3}%
+      \or \seczzz{#3}%
+      \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% an interface:
+\def\numhead{\genhead N}
+\def\apphead{\genhead A}
+\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.  Increment top-level counter, reset
+% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
+%
+% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
+% (e.g., figures), q.v.  By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
+\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+  % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+  % as an @include file.
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\chapno by 1
+  %
+  % Used for \float.
+  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+  %
+  % Write the actual heading.
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+  %
+  % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
+  \global\let\section = \numberedsec
+  \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+  \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+  \message{\appendixnum}%
+  %
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+  %
+  \global\let\section = \appendixsec
+  \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
+  \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+  %
+  % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
+  \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
+  % argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
+  % expanded them.  For example, in `@unnumbered The @cite{Book}', TeX
+  % expanded @cite (which turns out to cause errors because \cite is meant
+  % to be executed, not expanded).
+  %
+  % Anyway, we don't want the fully-expanded definition of @cite to appear
+  % as a result of the \message, we just want `@cite' itself.  We use
+  % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
+  % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
+  % the toc entries.)
+  \toks0 = {#1}%
+  \message{(\the\toks0)}%
+  %
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
+  %
+  \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
+  \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
+  \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
+}
+
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
+  % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
+  % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
+  % Thus we are safer this way:		--kasal, 24feb04
+  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
+  \unnmhead0{#1}%
+  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\let\top\unnumbered
+
+% Sections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
+}
+\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
+}
+
+% Subsections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
+}
+
+% Subsubsections.
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+                 {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
+}
+
+% These macros control what the section commands do, according
+% to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
+% Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+
+% Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
+
+% NOTE on use of \vbox for chapter headings, section headings, and such:
+%       1) We use \vbox rather than the earlier \line to permit
+%          overlong headings to fold.
+%       2) \hyphenpenalty is set to 10000 because hyphenation in a
+%          heading is obnoxious; this forbids it.
+%       3) Likewise, headings look best if no \parindent is used, and
+%          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
+
+
+\def\majorheading{%
+  {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
+  \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
+
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
+  {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                    \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                    \rm #1\hfill}}%
+  \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
+\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+
+% These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
+% (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
+% given all the information in convenient, parsed form.
+
+%%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
+\def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
+
+%%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
+% Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
+
+\newskip\chapheadingskip
+
+\def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
+\def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
+\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+
+\def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGoff{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapbreak
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGon{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chappager
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chappager
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
+
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
+\global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
+\global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
+\global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSdouble}}
+
+\CHAPPAGon
+
+% Chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+%
+\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+  \pchapsepmacro
+  {%
+    \chapfonts \rm
+    %
+    % Have to define \thissection before calling \donoderef, because the
+    % xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
+    % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+    \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+    \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
+    %
+    % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+    % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+    \def\temptype{#2}%
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+      \gdef\thischapter{#1}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+      \def\toctype{omit}%
+      \gdef\thischapter{}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{app}%
+      % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
+      % because we don't want its macros evaluated now.  And we don't
+      % use \thissection because that changes with each section.
+      %
+      \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter:
+                        \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+    \else
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{numchap}%
+      \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno:
+                        \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
+    %
+    % Write the toc entry for this chapter.  Must come before the
+    % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+    % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+    \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+    %
+    % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+    % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+    % been typeset.  If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+    % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+    % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+    \donoderef{#2}%
+    %
+    % Typeset the actual heading.
+    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+          \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+          \unhbox0 #1\par}%
+  }%
+  \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
+  \nobreak
+}
+
+% @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
+\let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+\def\centerparameters{%
+  \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+  \leftskip = \rightskip
+  \parfillskip = 0pt
+}
+
+
+% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
+% updating it with the new noderef stuff.  We'll see.  --karl, 11aug03.
+%
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+%
+\def\unnchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                       \parindent=0pt\raggedright
+                       \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+\def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
+\vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
+\par\penalty 5000 %
+}
+\def\centerchfopen #1{%
+\chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
+                       \parindent=0pt
+                       \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
+}
+\def\CHAPFopen{%
+  \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+  \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+
+
+% Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
+\newskip\secheadingskip
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
+
+% Subsection titles.
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
+
+% Subsubsection titles.
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
+
+
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
+% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
+% section number.
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
+  {%
+    % Switch to the right set of fonts.
+    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+    %
+    % Insert space above the heading.
+    \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+    %
+    % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+    \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+    \def\temptype{#3}%
+    %
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{unn}%
+      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+      % and don't redefine \thissection.
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{omit}%
+      \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{app}%
+      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+    \else
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{num}%
+      \gdef\thissection{#1}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
+    %
+    % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef).  See comments in \chapmacro.
+    \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+    %
+    % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+    % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
+    \donoderef{#3}%
+    %
+    % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
+    % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
+    % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
+    % \writetocentry if there was no node).  We don't want to allow that
+    % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
+    % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong.  Debian bug 276000.
+    \nobreak
+    %
+    % Output the actual section heading.
+    \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
+          \hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
+          \unhbox0 #1}%
+  }%
+  % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+  % Don't allow stretch, though.
+  \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+  %
+  % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+  % was followed by glue.
+  \nobreak
+  %
+  % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+  % glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+  % discardable item.)
+  \vskip-\parskip
+  % 
+  % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
+  % 10000.  This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
+  % section headings.  Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
+  % 
+  %   @section sec-whatever
+  %   @deffn def-whatever
+  \penalty 10001
+}
+
+
+\message{toc,}
+% Table of contents.
+\newwrite\tocfile
+
+% Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this.  The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
+%
+% We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
+% any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything.  This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
+%
+\newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
+\def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
+  \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+  \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+    \iftocfileopened\else
+      \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+      \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+    \fi
+    %
+    \iflinks
+      {\atdummies
+       \edef\temp{%
+         \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+       \temp
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+  % writing pdf.  These are used in the table of contents.  We can't
+  % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+  % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+  % two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+  % `1', and two named `2'.
+  \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+
+% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
+% fonts, so we must take special care.  This is more or less redundant
+% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
+% 
+\def\activecatcodes{%
+  \catcode`\"=\active
+  \catcode`\$=\active
+  \catcode`\<=\active
+  \catcode`\>=\active
+  \catcode`\\=\active
+  \catcode`\^=\active
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  \catcode`\|=\active
+  \catcode`\~=\active
+}
+
+
+% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
+\def\readtocfile{%
+  \setupdatafile
+  \activecatcodes
+  \input \jobname.toc
+}
+
+\newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
+\newcount\savepageno
+\newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
+
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
+%
+\def\startcontents#1{%
+  % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+  % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
+  % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+  % From: Torbjorn Granlund <tege@matematik.su.se>
+  \contentsalignmacro
+  \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+  %
+  % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+  % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+  \def\thischapter{}%
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+  %
+  \savepageno = \pageno
+  \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+    \raggedbottom              % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+    \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+    %
+    % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+    \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+}
+
+
+% Normal (long) toc.
+\def\contents{%
+  \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \readtocfile
+    \fi
+    \vfill \eject
+    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \pdfmakeoutlines
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+  \endgroup
+  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+  \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+
+% And just the chapters.
+\def\summarycontents{%
+  \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+    %
+    \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+    \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+    \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+    % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+    \secfonts
+    \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+    \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+    \rm
+    \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+    \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+    \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+    \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \readtocfile
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+    \vfill \eject
+    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+  \endgroup
+  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+  \global\pageno = \savepageno
+}
+\let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
+
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+  % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+  % But use \hss just in case.
+  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+  %
+  % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+  % with appendix letters.  And right-justifying numbers and
+  % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+  % chapters.  Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+  % there are before deciding ...
+  \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
+
+% These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
+% The first argument is the chapter or section name.
+% The last argument is the page number.
+% The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
+
+% Chapters, in the main contents.
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+%
+% Chapters, in the short toc.
+% See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
+}
+
+% Appendices, in the main contents.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
+%
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+  % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+  \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
+%
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+
+% Unnumbered chapters.
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
+
+% Sections.
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% Subsections.
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% And subsubsections.
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
+
+% This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
+% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
+
+% Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
+% page number.
+%
+% If the toc has to be broken over pages, we want it to be at chapters
+% if at all possible; hence the \penalty.
+\def\dochapentry#1#2{%
+   \penalty-300 \vskip1\baselineskip plus.33\baselineskip minus.25\baselineskip
+   \begingroup
+     \chapentryfonts
+     \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+   \endgroup
+   \nobreak\vskip .25\baselineskip plus.1\baselineskip
+}
+
+\def\dosecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \secentryfonts \leftskip=\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsecentryfonts \leftskip=2\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+\def\dosubsubsecentry#1#2{\begingroup
+  \subsubsecentryfonts \leftskip=3\tocindent
+  \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
+\endgroup}
+
+% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+\let\tocentry = \entry
+
+% Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
+\def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
+
+\def\dopageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+\def\doshortpageno#1{{\rm #1}}
+
+\def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
+\def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+
+
+\message{environments,}
+% @foo ... @end foo.
+
+% @point{}, @result{}, @expansion{}, @print{}, @equiv{}.
+%
+% Since these characters are used in examples, it should be an even number of
+% \tt widths. Each \tt character is 1en, so two makes it 1em.
+%
+\def\point{$\star$}
+\def\result{\leavevmode\raise.15ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\Rightarrow$\hfil}}
+\def\expansion{\leavevmode\raise.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\mapsto$\hfil}}
+\def\print{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\dashv$\hfil}}
+\def\equiv{\leavevmode\lower.1ex\hbox to 1em{\hfil$\ptexequiv$\hfil}}
+
+% The @error{} command.
+% Adapted from the TeXbook's \boxit.
+%
+\newbox\errorbox
+%
+{\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
+\dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
+% The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+%
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+   \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
+   \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
+   \vbox{%
+      \hrule height\dimen2
+      \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
+         \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
+         \kern3pt\vrule width\dimen2}% Space to right.
+      \hrule height\dimen2}
+    \hfil}
+%
+\def\error{\leavevmode\lower.7ex\copy\errorbox}
+
+% @tex ... @end tex    escapes into raw Tex temporarily.
+% One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
+% But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
+
+\envdef\tex{%
+  \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
+  \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
+  \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
+  \catcode `\%=14
+  \catcode `\+=\other
+  \catcode `\"=\other
+  \catcode `\|=\other
+  \catcode `\<=\other
+  \catcode `\>=\other
+  \escapechar=`\\
+  %
+  \let\b=\ptexb
+  \let\bullet=\ptexbullet
+  \let\c=\ptexc
+  \let\,=\ptexcomma
+  \let\.=\ptexdot
+  \let\dots=\ptexdots
+  \let\equiv=\ptexequiv
+  \let\!=\ptexexclam
+  \let\i=\ptexi
+  \let\indent=\ptexindent
+  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+  \let\{=\ptexlbrace
+  \let\+=\tabalign
+  \let\}=\ptexrbrace
+  \let\/=\ptexslash
+  \let\*=\ptexstar
+  \let\t=\ptext
+  \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
+  %
+  \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
+  \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
+  \def\@{@}%
+}
+% There is no need to define \Etex.
+
+% Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
+% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
+% including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
+
+% Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
+\newskip\lispnarrowing \lispnarrowing=0.4in
+
+% This is the definition that ^^M gets inside @lisp, @example, and other
+% such environments.  \null is better than a space, since it doesn't
+% have any width.
+\def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
+
+% This space is always present above and below environments.
+\newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
+
+% Make spacing and below environment symmetrical.  We use \parskip here
+% to help in doing that, since in @example-like environments \parskip
+% is reset to zero; thus the \afterenvbreak inserts no space -- but the
+% start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
+%
+\def\aboveenvbreak{{%
+  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+  % \sectionheading, q.v.
+  \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
+    \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
+    \endgraf
+    \ifdim\lastskip<\envskipamount
+      \removelastskip
+      % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
+      % or better ...
+      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
+      \vskip\envskipamount
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}}
+
+\let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
+
+% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
+% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
+\let\nonarrowing=\relax
+
+% @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
+% environment contents.
+\font\circle=lcircle10
+\newdimen\circthick
+\newdimen\cartouter\newdimen\cartinner
+\newskip\normbskip\newskip\normpskip\newskip\normlskip
+\circthick=\fontdimen8\circle
+%
+\def\ctl{{\circle\char'013\hskip -6pt}}% 6pt from pl file: 1/2charwidth
+\def\ctr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'010}}
+\def\cbl{{\circle\char'012\hskip -6pt}}
+\def\cbr{{\hskip 6pt\circle\char'011}}
+\def\carttop{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+        \ctl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\ctr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
+\def\cartbot{\hbox to \cartouter{\hskip\lskip
+        \cbl\leaders\hrule height\circthick\hfil\cbr
+        \hskip\rskip}}
+%
+\newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
+
+\envdef\cartouche{%
+  \ifhmode\par\fi  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+  \startsavinginserts
+  \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+  \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+  \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+  \cartouter=\hsize
+  \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt	% allow for 3pt kerns on either
+				% side, and for 6pt waste from
+				% each corner char, and rule thickness
+  \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+  % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \vbox\bgroup
+      \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+      \carttop
+      \hbox\bgroup
+	  \hskip\lskip
+	  \vrule\kern3pt
+	  \vbox\bgroup
+	      \kern3pt
+	      \hsize=\cartinner
+	      \baselineskip=\normbskip
+	      \lineskip=\normlskip
+	      \parskip=\normpskip
+	      \vskip -\parskip
+	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
+}
+\def\Ecartouche{%
+              \ifhmode\par\fi
+	      \kern3pt
+	  \egroup
+	  \kern3pt\vrule
+	  \hskip\rskip
+      \egroup
+      \cartbot
+  \egroup
+  \checkinserts
+}
+
+
+% This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
+% inside a group.
+\def\nonfillstart{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
+  \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
+  \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
+  \obeylines % each line of input is a line of output
+  \parskip = 0pt
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
+  \else
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+  \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+}
+
+% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+% This affects the following displayed environments:
+%    @example, @display, @format, @lisp
+%
+\def\smallword{small}
+\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
+    \smallexamplefonts \rm
+  \fi
+}
+\def\setsmalldispenv{%
+  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
+  \else
+    \smallexamplefonts \rm
+  \fi
+}
+
+% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
+% Let's do it by one command:
+\def\makedispenv #1#2{
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
+  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+  \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+}
+
+% Define two synonyms:
+\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
+  \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
+  \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
+}
+
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
+%
+% @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
+% Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
+%
+\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \tt
+  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+  \gobble       % eat return
+}
+
+% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
+%
+\makedispenv {display}{%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+%
+\makedispenv{format}{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+
+% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+\envdef\flushleft{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
+
+% @flushright.
+%
+\envdef\flushright{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
+  \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
+% and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
+% we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
+% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
+%
+\envdef\quotation{%
+  {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
+  \parindent=0pt
+  %
+  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
+  \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
+    \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
+    \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+  \else
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+  \parsearg\quotationlabel
+}
+
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Equotation{%
+  \par
+  \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
+    % indent a bit.
+    \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
+  \fi
+  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+
+% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
+\def\quotationlabel#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    {\bf #1: }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter,
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p.344; only we need to do the other characters Texinfo sets
+% active too.  Otherwise, they get lost as the first character on a
+% verbatim line.
+\def\dospecials{%
+  \do\ \do\\\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~%
+  \do\<\do\>\do\|\do\@\do+\do\"%
+}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabeightspaces
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabexpand{%
+    \catcode`\^^I=\active
+    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+    }%
+  }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \tt
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabexpand
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique
+% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
+  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX,
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \obeylines %
+  % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
+  % of the @verbatim input line itself.  Otherwise we get an extra blank
+  % line in the output.
+  \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+  % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
+  % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
+\endgroup
+%
+\envdef\verbatim{%
+    \setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
+
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \setupverbatim
+    \input #1
+    \afterenvbreak
+  }%
+}
+
+% @copying ... @end copying.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
+%
+% We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
+% Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
+% typesetting commands (@smallbook, font changes, etc.) have to be done
+% beforehand -- and a) we want @copying to be done first in the source
+% file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
+% possible is very desirable.
+%
+\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
+\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
+%
+\def\insertcopying{%
+  \begingroup
+    \parindent = 0pt  % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
+    \scanexp\copyingtext
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+\message{defuns,}
+% @defun etc.
+
+\newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
+\newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
+\newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
+
+% Start the processing of @deffn:
+\def\startdefun{%
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+    \medbreak
+  \else
+    % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+    % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+    % header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+    % break somewhere.  Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
+    % by \defargscommonending, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+    % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
+    % a break between a section heading and a defun.
+    % 
+    \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \fi
+    %
+    % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+    % But do insert the glue.
+    \medskip  % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
+  \fi
+  %
+  \parindent=0in
+  \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+}
+
+\def\dodefunx#1{%
+  % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+  \checkenv#1%
+  %
+  % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
+  % It's not a great place, though.
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \fi
+  %
+  % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
+  \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
+}
+\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
+
+% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
+%
+\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    % call \deffnheader:
+    #1#2 \endheader
+    % common ending:
+    \interlinepenalty = 10000
+    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+    \endgraf
+    \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+    \penalty 10002  % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
+    % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
+    % rendering the following check redundant.  But we don't optimize.
+    \checkparencounts
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
+
+% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
+% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
+%
+\def\makedefun#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+  \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+    \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+  \temp
+}
+
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
+%
+% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
+% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
+%
+\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+  \envdef#1{%
+    \startdefun
+    \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+  }%
+  \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
+  \def#3%
+}
+
+%%% Untyped functions:
+
+% @deffn category name args
+\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
+
+% @deffn category class name args
+\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \defopon {category on}class name args
+\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
+%
+\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+  % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
+  \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Typed functions:
+
+% @deftypefn category type name args
+\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
+
+% @deftypeop category class type name args
+\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
+
+% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
+\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
+%
+\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Typed variables:
+
+% @deftypevr category type var args
+\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
+
+% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
+\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
+
+% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
+%
+\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
+}
+
+%%% Untyped variables:
+
+% @defvr category var args
+\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
+
+% @defcv category class var args
+\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
+
+% \defcvof {category of}class var args
+\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
+
+%%% Type:
+% @deftp category name args
+\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+  \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+  \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
+}
+
+% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+% #2 is the return type, if any.
+% #3 is the function name.
+%
+% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
+%
+\def\defname#1#2#3{%
+  % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+  %
+  % How we'll format the type name.  Putting it in brackets helps
+  % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+  % just below it.
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
+  %
+  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
+  % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+  % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+  \dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+  % The continuations:
+  \dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+  % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
+  \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
+  %
+  % Put the type name to the right margin.
+  \noindent
+  \hbox to 0pt{%
+    \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+    % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+    \kern\leftskip
+    % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+  }%
+  %
+  % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+  \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+  {%
+    % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+    % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+    % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+    %   common to leave accents off identifiers.  The result looks ok in
+    %   tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
+    % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
+    % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
+    %   one has made identifiers using them :).
+    \df \tt
+    \def\temp{#2}% return value type
+    \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
+    #3% output function name
+  }%
+  {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+  %
+  \boldbrax
+  % arguments will be output next, if any.
+}
+
+% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
+% tt for the name.  This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
+% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
+% distinguishable.  Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
+%
+\def\defunargs#1{%
+  % use sl by default (not ttsl),
+  % tt for the names.
+  \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
+  %
+  % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
+  % want a way to get ttsl.  Let's try @var for that.
+  \let\var=\ttslanted
+  #1%
+  \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
+}
+
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
+%
+\def\activeparens{%
+  \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+  \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+  \catcode`\&=\active
+}
+
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
+
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+{
+  \activeparens
+  \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+  \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+  \global\let& = \&
+
+  \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+  \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
+}
+
+\newcount\parencount
+
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\newif\ifampseen
+\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
+
+\def\parenfont{%
+  \ifampseen
+    % At the first level, print parens in roman,
+    % otherwise use the default font.
+    \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
+  \else
+    % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
+    % the contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ] .
+    \sf
+  \fi
+}
+\def\infirstlevel#1{%
+  \ifampseen
+    \ifnum\parencount=1
+      #1%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+}
+\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
+
+\def\opnr{%
+  \global\advance\parencount by 1
+  {\parenfont(}%
+  \infirstlevel \bfafterword
+}
+\def\clnr{%
+  {\parenfont)}%
+  \infirstlevel \sl
+  \global\advance\parencount by -1
+}
+
+\newcount\brackcount
+\def\lbrb{%
+  \global\advance\brackcount by 1
+  {\bf[}%
+}
+\def\rbrb{%
+  {\bf]}%
+  \global\advance\brackcount by -1
+}
+
+\def\checkparencounts{%
+  \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
+  \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
+}
+\def\badparencount{%
+  \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}%
+  \global\parencount=0
+}
+\def\badbrackcount{%
+  \errmessage{Unbalanced square braces in @def}%
+  \global\brackcount=0
+}
+
+
+\message{macros,}
+% @macro.
+
+% To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
+% which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
+\ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
+  \newwrite\macscribble
+  \def\scantokens#1{%
+    \toks0={#1}%
+    \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+    \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+    \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+    \input \jobname.tmp
+  }
+\fi
+
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \newlinechar`\^^M
+    \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+    % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+    % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
+    % backslash to get it printed correctly.  Previously, we had
+    % \catcode`\\=\other instead.  We'll see whether a problem appears
+    % with macro expansion.				--kasal, 19aug04
+    \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+    % ... and \example
+    \spaceisspace
+    %
+    % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+    %
+    % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
+    %							--kasal, 29nov03
+    \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\scanexp#1{%
+  \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
+  \temp
+}
+
+\newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
+\newtoks\macname    % Macro name
+\newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
+
+% List of all defined macros in the form
+%    \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
+% if there is a need.
+\def\macrolist{}
+
+% Add the macro to \macrolist
+\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
+     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
+}
+
+% Utility routines.
+% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
+%   \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
+% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
+% 
+\def\cslet#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\let
+  \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
+  \csname#2\endcsname
+}
+
+% Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
+% Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
+{\catcode`\@=11
+\gdef\eatspaces #1{\expandafter\trim@\expandafter{#1 }}
+\gdef\trim@ #1{\trim@@ @#1 @ #1 @ @@}
+\gdef\trim@@ #1@ #2@ #3@@{\trim@@@\empty #2 @}
+\def\unbrace#1{#1}
+\unbrace{\gdef\trim@@@ #1 } #2@{#1}
+}
+
+% Trim a single trailing ^^M off a string.
+{\catcode`\^^M=\other \catcode`\Q=3%
+\gdef\eatcr #1{\eatcra #1Q^^MQ}%
+\gdef\eatcra#1^^MQ{\eatcrb#1Q}%
+\gdef\eatcrb#1Q#2Q{#1}%
+}
+
+% Macro bodies are absorbed as an argument in a context where
+% all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
+% (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
+
+% It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
+% done by  making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
+% body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
+
+\def\scanctxt{%
+  \catcode`\"=\other
+  \catcode`\+=\other
+  \catcode`\<=\other
+  \catcode`\>=\other
+  \catcode`\@=\other
+  \catcode`\^=\other
+  \catcode`\_=\other
+  \catcode`\|=\other
+  \catcode`\~=\other
+}
+
+\def\scanargctxt{%
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  \catcode`\^^M=\other
+}
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\{=\other
+  \catcode`\}=\other
+  \catcode`\^^M=\other
+  \usembodybackslash
+}
+
+\def\macroargctxt{%
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+}
+
+% \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
+% It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
+% where N is the macro parameter number.
+% We define \csname macarg.\endcsname to be \realbackslash, so
+% \\ in macro replacement text gets you a backslash.
+
+{\catcode`@=0 @catcode`@\=@active
+ @gdef@usembodybackslash{@let\=@mbodybackslash}
+ @gdef@mbodybackslash#1\{@csname macarg.#1@endcsname}
+}
+\expandafter\def\csname macarg.\endcsname{\realbackslash}
+
+\def\macro{\recursivefalse\parsearg\macroxxx}
+\def\rmacro{\recursivetrue\parsearg\macroxxx}
+
+\def\macroxxx#1{%
+  \getargs{#1}%           now \macname is the macname and \argl the arglist
+  \ifx\argl\empty       % no arguments
+     \paramno=0%
+  \else
+     \expandafter\parsemargdef \argl;%
+  \fi
+  \if1\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname
+     \message{Warning: redefining \the\macname}%
+  \else
+     \expandafter\ifx\csname \the\macname\endcsname \relax
+     \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
+     \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
+     \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
+     \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
+  \fi
+  \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
+  \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
+  \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
+  \fi}
+
+\parseargdef\unmacro{%
+  \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
+    \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
+    \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
+    % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
+    \begingroup
+      \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
+      \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
+      \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
+    \endgroup
+  \else
+    \errmessage{Macro #1 not defined}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Called by \do from \dounmacro on each macro.  The idea is to omit any
+% macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
+%
+\def\unmacrodo#1{%
+  \ifx #1\relax
+    % remove this
+  \else
+    \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This makes use of the obscure feature that if the last token of a
+% <parameter list> is #, then the preceding argument is delimited by
+% an opening brace, and that opening brace is not consumed.
+\def\getargs#1{\getargsxxx#1{}}
+\def\getargsxxx#1#{\getmacname #1 \relax\getmacargs}
+\def\getmacname #1 #2\relax{\macname={#1}}
+\def\getmacargs#1{\def\argl{#1}}
+
+% Parse the optional {params} list.  Set up \paramno and \paramlist
+% so \defmacro knows what to do.  Define \macarg.blah for each blah
+% in the params list, to be ##N where N is the position in that list.
+% That gets used by \mbodybackslash (above).
+
+% We need to get `macro parameter char #' into several definitions.
+% The technique used is stolen from LaTeX:  let \hash be something
+% unexpandable, insert that wherever you need a #, and then redefine
+% it to # just before using the token list produced.
+%
+% The same technique is used to protect \eatspaces till just before
+% the macro is used.
+
+\def\parsemargdef#1;{\paramno=0\def\paramlist{}%
+        \let\hash\relax\let\xeatspaces\relax\parsemargdefxxx#1,;,}
+\def\parsemargdefxxx#1,{%
+  \if#1;\let\next=\relax
+  \else \let\next=\parsemargdefxxx
+    \advance\paramno by 1%
+    \expandafter\edef\csname macarg.\eatspaces{#1}\endcsname
+        {\xeatspaces{\hash\the\paramno}}%
+    \edef\paramlist{\paramlist\hash\the\paramno,}%
+  \fi\next}
+
+% These two commands read recursive and nonrecursive macro bodies.
+% (They're different since rec and nonrec macros end differently.)
+
+\long\def\parsemacbody#1@end macro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+\long\def\parsermacbody#1@end rmacro%
+{\xdef\temp{\eatcr{#1}}\endgroup\defmacro}%
+
+% This defines the macro itself. There are six cases: recursive and
+% nonrecursive macros of zero, one, and many arguments.
+% Much magic with \expandafter here.
+% \xdef is used so that macro definitions will survive the file
+% they're defined in; @include reads the file inside a group.
+\def\defmacro{%
+  \let\hash=##% convert placeholders to macro parameter chars
+  \ifrecursive
+    \ifcase\paramno
+    % 0
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \or % 1
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\braceorline
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+         \egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \else % many
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\xdef
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+        \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+          \paramlist{\egroup\noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \ifcase\paramno
+    % 0
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \or % 1
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \noexpand\braceorline
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname##1{%
+        \egroup
+        \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+        \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \else % many
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname\endcsname{%
+         \bgroup\noexpand\macroargctxt
+         \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\xdef\csname\the\macname xx\endcsname##1{%
+          \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname ##1,}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \expandafter\xdef
+      \expandafter\expandafter
+      \csname\the\macname xxx\endcsname
+      \paramlist{%
+          \egroup
+          \noexpand\norecurse{\the\macname}%
+          \noexpand\scanmacro{\temp}\egroup}%
+    \fi
+  \fi}
+
+\def\norecurse#1{\bgroup\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}}
+
+% \braceorline decides whether the next nonwhitespace character is a
+% {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
+% line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
+% as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorlinexxx{%
+  \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
+    \expandafter\parsearg
+  \fi \next}
+
+
+% @alias.
+% We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
+% sign.  Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
+\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
+\def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+  {%
+    \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+    \addtomacrolist{#1}%
+    \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
+  }%
+  \next
+}
+
+
+\message{cross references,}
+
+\newwrite\auxfile
+
+\newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
+\newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
+
+% @inforef is relatively simple.
+\def\inforef #1{\inforefzzz #1,,,,**}
+\def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
+  node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
+
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references.  The @node line might or might not have commas, and
+% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
+% @node foo , bar , ...
+% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
+%
+\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
+%
+% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
+% @node Help-Cross,  ,  , Cross-refs
+\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+
+\let\nwnode=\node
+\let\lastnode=\empty
+
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node.  #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+    \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\empty
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
+%
+\newcount\savesfregister
+%
+\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+
+% \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
+% anchor), which consists of three parts:
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \thissection,
+%                 or the anchor name.
+% 2) NAME-snt   - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+%                 empty for anchors.
+% 3) NAME-pg    - the page number.
+%
+% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.  In the case of
+% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
+% 4) NAME-lof   - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
+  \pdfmkdest{#1}%
+  \iflinks
+    {%
+      \atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+      \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+      }%
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\thissection}%
+      \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+      \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+      \writexrdef{pg}{\folio}% will be written later, during \shipout
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
+% the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
+% node name, #4 the name of the Info file, #5 the name of the printed
+% manual.  All but the node name can be omitted.
+%
+\def\pxref#1{\putwordsee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xref#1{\putwordSee{} \xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\ref#1{\xrefX[#1,,,,,,,]}
+\def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
+  \unsepspaces
+  \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
+  \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
+  \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
+    % No printed node name was explicitly given.
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
+      % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
+      \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+    \else
+      % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
+      % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
+      \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+        % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
+        \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+      \else
+        \ifhavexrefs
+          % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
+          \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+        \else
+          % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
+          \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
+        \fi%
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Make link in pdf output.
+  \ifpdf
+    \leavevmode
+    \getfilename{#4}%
+    {\turnoffactive
+     % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
+     {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
+      \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
+     %
+     \ifnum\filenamelength>0
+       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+         goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
+     \else
+       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
+         goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
+     \fi
+    }%
+    \linkcolor
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  We distinguish them by the
+  % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
+  {%
+    % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
+    % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
+      \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
+  }%
+  \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
+    % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
+    % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
+    \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
+      \refx{#1-snt}{}%
+    \else
+      \printedrefname
+    \fi
+    %
+    % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+    % "in MANUALNAME".
+    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+      \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % node/anchor (non-float) references.
+    %
+    % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+    % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+    % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
+    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+    % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+    % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+      \putwordsection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+    \else
+      % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+      % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+      % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+      % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+      % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+      {\turnoffactive
+       % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+       % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+       \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+       \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+      }%
+      % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
+      \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+      %
+      % But we always want a comma and a space:
+      ,\space
+      %
+      % output the `page 3'.
+      \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \endlink
+\endgroup}
+
+% This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
+% output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
+% since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
+% one that Bob is working on :).
+%
+\def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
+
+% Things referred to by \setref.
+%
+\def\Ynothing{}
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
+  \ifnum\secno=0
+    \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
+  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno
+  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+  \else
+    \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+\def\Yappendix{%
+  \ifnum\secno=0
+     \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
+  \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
+     \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno
+  \else \ifnum\subsubsecno=0
+    \putwordSection@tie @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno
+  \else
+    \putwordSection@tie
+      @char\the\appendixno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
+  \fi\fi\fi
+}
+
+% Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
+% If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
+%
+\def\refx#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \indexnofonts
+    \otherbackslash
+    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
+      \csname XR#1\endcsname
+  }%
+  \ifx\thisrefX\relax
+    % If not defined, say something at least.
+    \angleleft un\-de\-fined\angleright
+    \iflinks
+      \ifhavexrefs
+        \message{\linenumber Undefined cross reference `#1'.}%
+      \else
+        \ifwarnedxrefs\else
+          \global\warnedxrefstrue
+          \message{Cross reference values unknown; you must run TeX again.}%
+        \fi
+      \fi
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % It's defined, so just use it.
+    \thisrefX
+  \fi
+  #2% Output the suffix in any case.
+}
+
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Usually it's
+% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
+% collisions).  But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
+%
+\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\gdef\csname XR#1\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref value.
+  %
+  % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
+  \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR#1\endcsname
+    % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
+      \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
+    %
+    % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
+    \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
+      \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
+    \else
+      % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
+    % for later use in \listoffloats.
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0{#1}}%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
+%
+\def\tryauxfile{%
+  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+  \ifeof 1 \else
+    \readdatafile{aux}%
+    \global\havexrefstrue
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+}
+
+\def\setupdatafile{%
+  \catcode`\^^@=\other
+  \catcode`\^^A=\other
+  \catcode`\^^B=\other
+  \catcode`\^^C=\other
+  \catcode`\^^D=\other
+  \catcode`\^^E=\other
+  \catcode`\^^F=\other
+  \catcode`\^^G=\other
+  \catcode`\^^H=\other
+  \catcode`\^^K=\other
+  \catcode`\^^L=\other
+  \catcode`\^^N=\other
+  \catcode`\^^P=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Q=\other
+  \catcode`\^^R=\other
+  \catcode`\^^S=\other
+  \catcode`\^^T=\other
+  \catcode`\^^U=\other
+  \catcode`\^^V=\other
+  \catcode`\^^W=\other
+  \catcode`\^^X=\other
+  \catcode`\^^Z=\other
+  \catcode`\^^[=\other
+  \catcode`\^^\=\other
+  \catcode`\^^]=\other
+  \catcode`\^^^=\other
+  \catcode`\^^_=\other
+  % It was suggested to set the catcode of ^ to 7, which would allow ^^e4 etc.
+  % in xref tags, i.e., node names.  But since ^^e4 notation isn't
+  % supported in the main text, it doesn't seem desirable.  Furthermore,
+  % that is not enough: for node names that actually contain a ^
+  % character, we would end up writing a line like this: 'xrdef {'hat
+  % b-title}{'hat b} and \xrdef does a \csname...\endcsname on the first
+  % argument, and \hat is not an expandable control sequence.  It could
+  % all be worked out, but why?  Either we support ^^ or we don't.
+  %
+  % The other change necessary for this was to define \auxhat:
+  % \def\auxhat{\def^{'hat }}% extra space so ok if followed by letter
+  % and then to call \auxhat in \setq.
+  %
+  \catcode`\^=\other
+  %
+  % Special characters.  Should be turned off anyway, but...
+  \catcode`\~=\other
+  \catcode`\[=\other
+  \catcode`\]=\other
+  \catcode`\"=\other
+  \catcode`\_=\other
+  \catcode`\|=\other
+  \catcode`\<=\other
+  \catcode`\>=\other
+  \catcode`\$=\other
+  \catcode`\#=\other
+  \catcode`\&=\other
+  \catcode`\%=\other
+  \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
+  %
+  % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
+  % characters end up in a \csname.  It's easier than
+  % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
+  % character.  What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
+  % of the xrdef.  Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
+  % should not typeset properly.  But it works, so I'm moving on for
+  % now.  --karl, 15jan04.
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  %
+  % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
+  {%
+    \count1=128
+    \def\loop{%
+      \catcode\count1=\other
+      \advance\count1 by 1
+      \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
+    }%
+  }%
+  %
+  % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
+  \catcode`\{=1
+  \catcode`\}=2
+  \catcode`\@=0
+}
+
+\def\readdatafile#1{%
+\begingroup
+  \setupdatafile
+  \input\jobname.#1
+\endgroup}
+
+\message{insertions,}
+% including footnotes.
+
+\newcount \footnoteno
+
+% The trailing space in the following definition for supereject is
+% vital for proper filling; pages come out unaligned when you do a
+% pagealignmacro call if that space before the closing brace is
+% removed. (Generally, numeric constants should always be followed by a
+% space to prevent strange expansion errors.)
+\def\supereject{\par\penalty -20000\footnoteno =0 }
+
+% @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
+\let\footnotestyle=\comment
+
+{\catcode `\@=11
+%
+% Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
+\gdef\footnote{%
+  \let\indent=\ptexindent
+  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
+  \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
+  \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
+  %
+  % In case the footnote comes at the end of a sentence, preserve the
+  % extra spacing after we do the footnote number.
+  \let\@sf\empty
+  \ifhmode\edef\@sf{\spacefactor\the\spacefactor}\ptexslash\fi
+  %
+  % Remove inadvertent blank space before typesetting the footnote number.
+  \unskip
+  \thisfootno\@sf
+  \dofootnote
+}%
+
+% Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
+% footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
+%
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
+%
+\gdef\dofootnote{%
+  \insert\footins\bgroup
+  % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
+  % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
+  % So reset some parameters.
+  \hsize=\pagewidth
+  \interlinepenalty\interfootnotelinepenalty
+  \splittopskip\ht\strutbox % top baseline for broken footnotes
+  \splitmaxdepth\dp\strutbox
+  \floatingpenalty\@MM
+  \leftskip\z@skip
+  \rightskip\z@skip
+  \spaceskip\z@skip
+  \xspaceskip\z@skip
+  \parindent\defaultparindent
+  %
+  \smallfonts \rm
+  %
+  % Because we use hanging indentation in footnotes, a @noindent appears
+  % to exdent this text, so make it be a no-op.  makeinfo does not use
+  % hanging indentation so @noindent can still be needed within footnote
+  % text after an @example or the like (not that this is good style).
+  \let\noindent = \relax
+  %
+  % Hang the footnote text off the number.  Use \everypar in case the
+  % footnote extends for more than one paragraph.
+  \everypar = {\hang}%
+  \textindent{\thisfootno}%
+  %
+  % Don't crash into the line above the footnote text.  Since this
+  % expands into a box, it must come within the paragraph, lest it
+  % provide a place where TeX can split the footnote.
+  \footstrut
+  \futurelet\next\fo@t
+}
+}%end \catcode `\@=11
+
+% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
+% would be lost.
+% Similarly, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+% And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
+
+% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+% out prematurely.
+%
+\def\startsavinginserts{%
+  \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+    \let\insert\saveinsert
+  \else
+    \let\checkinserts\relax
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
+%
+\def\saveinsert#1{%
+  \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+  \afterassignment\next
+  % swallow the left brace
+  \let\temp =
+}
+\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+
+\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+
+\def\placesaveins#1{%
+  \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+    {\box#1}%
+}
+
+% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+{
+  \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials  %  ;-)
+  \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+}
+
+% initialization:
+\def\newsaveins #1{%
+  \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
+  \next
+}
+\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+  \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+    \checksaveins #1}%
+}
+
+% initialize:
+\let\checkinserts\empty
+\newsaveins\footins
+\newsaveins\margin
+
+
+% @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
+% If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
+%
+% Check for and read epsf.tex up front.  If we read it only at @image
+% time, we might be inside a group, and then its definitions would get
+% undone and the next image would fail.
+\openin 1 = epsf.tex
+\ifeof 1 \else
+  % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
+  % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
+  \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
+  \input epsf.tex
+\fi
+\closein 1
+%
+% We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
+\newif\ifwarnednoepsf
+\newhelp\noepsfhelp{epsf.tex must be installed for images to
+  work.  It is also included in the Texinfo distribution, or you can get
+  it from ftp://tug.org/tex/epsf.tex.}
+%
+\def\image#1{%
+  \ifx\epsfbox\undefined
+    \ifwarnednoepsf \else
+      \errhelp = \noepsfhelp
+      \errmessage{epsf.tex not found, images will be ignored}%
+      \global\warnednoepsftrue
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \imagexxx #1,,,,,\finish
+  \fi
+}
+%
+% Arguments to @image:
+% #1 is (mandatory) image filename; we tack on .eps extension.
+% #2 is (optional) width, #3 is (optional) height.
+% #4 is (ignored optional) html alt text.
+% #5 is (ignored optional) extension.
+% #6 is just the usual extra ignored arg for parsing this stuff.
+\newif\ifimagevmode
+\def\imagexxx#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6\finish{\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^M = 5     % in case we're inside an example
+  \normalturnoffactive  % allow _ et al. in names
+  % If the image is by itself, center it.
+  \ifvmode
+    \imagevmodetrue
+    \nobreak\bigskip
+    % Usually we'll have text after the image which will insert
+    % \parskip glue, so insert it here too to equalize the space
+    % above and below.
+    \nobreak\vskip\parskip
+    \nobreak
+    \line\bgroup
+  \fi
+  %
+  % Output the image.
+  \ifpdf
+    \dopdfimage{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+  \else
+    % \epsfbox itself resets \epsf?size at each figure.
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfxsize=#2\relax \fi
+    \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \epsfysize=#3\relax \fi
+    \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi  % space after the image
+\endgroup}
+
+
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
+% etc.  We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
+% float "here".  But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
+
+% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
+\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
+
+% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
+% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc.  Can't contain commas.  If omitted,
+% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
+%
+% #2 is the optional xref label.  Also must be present for the float to
+% be referable.
+%
+% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored.  It
+% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
+%
+% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
+% chapter-level command.
+\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
+%
+\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+  \let\thiscaption=\empty
+  \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
+  %
+  % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
+  %
+  % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
+  % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
+  %
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
+  \par
+  %
+  \vtop\bgroup
+    \def\floattype{#1}%
+    \def\floatlabel{#2}%
+    \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
+    %
+    \ifx\floattype\empty
+      \let\safefloattype=\empty
+    \else
+      {%
+        % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+        % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+        \indexnofonts
+        \turnoffactive
+        \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
+      % Table 1, Figure 2, ...).  (And if no label, no number.)
+      %
+      \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
+      \global\advance\floatno by 1
+      %
+      {%
+        % This magic value for \thissection is output by \setref as the
+        % XREFLABEL-title value.  \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
+        % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
+        % node and anchor labels.  And \xrdef uses it to construct the
+        % lists of floats.
+        %
+        \edef\thissection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+        \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
+    \vskip\parskip
+    %
+    % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% we have these possibilities:
+% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
+% @float Foo,lbl & no caption:    Foo 1.1
+% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}:     Foo: Cap
+% @float Foo & no caption:        Foo
+% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}:     1.1: Cap
+% @float ,lbl & no caption:       1.1
+% @float & @caption{Cap}:         Cap
+% @float & no caption:
+%
+\def\Efloat{%
+    \let\floatident = \empty
+    %
+    % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
+    \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
+    %
+    % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
+        \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
+      \fi
+      % the number.
+      \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
+    % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
+    \let\captionline = \floatident
+    %
+    \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+      \ifx\floatident\empty \else
+	\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+      \fi
+      %
+      % caption text.
+      \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
+    % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
+    \ifx\captionline\empty \else
+      \vskip.5\parskip
+      \captionline
+      %
+      % Space below caption.
+      \vskip\parskip
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info.  Do this
+    % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
+      % \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
+      % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
+      {%
+        \atdummies
+        %
+        % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
+        % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
+        % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
+	\scanexp{%
+	  \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
+	    \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+	      \thiscaption
+	    \else
+	      \thisshortcaption
+	    \fi
+	  }%
+	}%
+        \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
+	  \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \egroup  % end of \vtop
+  %
+  % place the captured inserts
+  %
+  % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
+  % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
+  % float. --kasal, 26may04
+  %
+  \checkinserts
+}
+
+% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
+%
+\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
+}
+
+% @caption, @shortcaption
+%
+\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
+\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
+\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
+\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
+
+% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
+% going to use.  Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
+\def\getfloatno#1{%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+      % Haven't seen this figure type before.
+      \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
+      %
+      % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
+      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
+        \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
+  \fi
+  \let\floatno#1%
+}
+
+% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value.  We want an @xref
+% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1".  We call \setref when we
+% first read the @float command.
+%
+\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+
+% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
+% distinguish floats from other xref types.
+\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
+
+% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
+% which is true if #1 represents a float ref.  That is, the magic
+% \thissection value which we \setref above.
+%
+\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
+%
+% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string.  If so, #2 will be the
+% (safe) float type for this float.  We set \iffloattype to #2.
+%
+\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \def\iffloattype{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\floatmagic
+}
+
+% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
+%
+\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
+  \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
+  {%
+    % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+    % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+  }%
+  %
+  % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
+    \ifhavexrefs
+      % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
+      \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \begingroup
+      \leftskip=\tocindent  % indent these entries like a toc
+      \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
+      \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This is called on each entry in a list of floats.  We're passed the
+% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
+% aux file.  We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
+% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
+%
+% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
+% they won't appear in the aux file).
+%
+\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
+\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
+  % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything.  Just
+  % pass the control sequence.  On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
+  % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
+  % in pdf output.
+  \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
+  %
+  % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
+  \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
+  \writeentry
+}}
+
+\message{localization,}
+% and i18n.
+
+% @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
+% @setfilename.  If done too late, it may not override everything
+% properly.  Single argument is the language abbreviation.
+% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+%
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{%
+  \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
+    % Read the file if it exists.
+    \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+    \ifeof 1
+      \errhelp = \nolanghelp
+      \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
+    \else
+      \input txi-#1.tex
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+  \endgroup
+}
+\newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
+is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  In the current directory
+should work if nowhere else does.}
+
+
+% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
+% likely, but for now just recognize it.
+\let\documentencoding = \comment
+
+
+% Page size parameters.
+%
+\newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
+
+\chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
+\secheadingskip = 12pt plus 3pt minus 2pt
+\subsecheadingskip = 9pt plus 2pt minus 2pt
+
+% Prevent underfull vbox error messages.
+\vbadness = 10000
+
+% Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
+\hbadness = 2000
+
+% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+\widowpenalty=10000
+\clubpenalty=10000
+
+% Use TeX 3.0's \emergencystretch to help line breaking, but if we're
+% using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.  We want the amount of
+% stretch added to depend on the line length, hence the dependence on
+% \hsize.  We call this whenever the paper size is set.
+%
+\def\setemergencystretch{%
+  \ifx\emergencystretch\thisisundefined
+    % Allow us to assign to \emergencystretch anyway.
+    \def\emergencystretch{\dimen0}%
+  \else
+    \emergencystretch = .15\hsize
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
+% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
+% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
+%
+% We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
+% \textleading.  The caller should also set \parskip.
+%
+\def\internalpagesizes#1#2#3#4#5#6#7#8{%
+  \voffset = #3\relax
+  \topskip = #6\relax
+  \splittopskip = \topskip
+  %
+  \vsize = #1\relax
+  \advance\vsize by \topskip
+  \outervsize = \vsize
+  \advance\outervsize by 2\topandbottommargin
+  \pageheight = \vsize
+  %
+  \hsize = #2\relax
+  \outerhsize = \hsize
+  \advance\outerhsize by 0.5in
+  \pagewidth = \hsize
+  %
+  \normaloffset = #4\relax
+  \bindingoffset = #5\relax
+  %
+  \ifpdf
+    \pdfpageheight #7\relax
+    \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+  \fi
+  %
+  \setleading{\textleading}
+  %
+  \parindent = \defaultparindent
+  \setemergencystretch
+}
+
+% @letterpaper (the default).
+\def\letterpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \textleading = 13.2pt
+  %
+  % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
+  \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
+                    {11in}{8.5in}%
+}}
+
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
+\def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
+  \textleading = 12pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
+                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
+                    {9.25in}{7in}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.3in
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = .5cm
+}}
+
+% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
+% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
+\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
+  \textleading = 12pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
+                    {-.2in}{-.4in}%
+                    {0pt}{14pt}%
+                    {9in}{6in}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = .4cm
+}}
+
+% Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
+\def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \textleading = 13.2pt
+  %
+  % Double-side printing via postscript on Laserjet 4050
+  % prints double-sided nicely when \bindingoffset=10mm and \hoffset=-6mm.
+  % To change the settings for a different printer or situation, adjust
+  % \normaloffset until the front-side and back-side texts align.  Then
+  % do the same for \bindingoffset.  You can set these for testing in
+  % your texinfo source file like this:
+  % @tex
+  % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
+  % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
+  % @end tex
+  \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+                    {297mm}{210mm}%
+  %
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = 5mm
+}}
+
+% Use @afivepaper to print on European A5 paper.
+% From romildo@urano.iceb.ufop.br, 2 July 2000.
+% He also recommends making @example and @lisp be small.
+\def\afivepaper{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt minus 0.1pt
+  \textleading = 12.5pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{160mm}{120mm}%
+                    {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{8pt}%
+                    {210mm}{148mm}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.2in
+  \tolerance = 800
+  \hfuzz = 1.2pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = 2mm
+  \tableindent = 12mm
+}}
+
+% A specific text layout, 24x15cm overall, intended for A4 paper.
+\def\afourlatex{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{237mm}{150mm}%
+                    {\voffset}{4.6mm}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+                    {297mm}{210mm}%
+  %
+  % Must explicitly reset to 0 because we call \afourpaper.
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% Use @afourwide to print on A4 paper in landscape format.
+\def\afourwide{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \afourpaper
+  \internalpagesizes{241mm}{165mm}%
+                    {\voffset}{-2.95mm}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{7mm}%
+                    {297mm}{210mm}%
+  \globaldefs = 0
+}}
+
+% @pagesizes TEXTHEIGHT[,TEXTWIDTH]
+% Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
+% and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
+%
+\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
+  \globaldefs = 1
+  %
+  \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
+  \setleading{\textleading}%
+  %
+  \dimen0 = #1
+  \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
+  %
+  \dimen2 = \hsize
+  \advance\dimen2 by \normaloffset
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{#1}{\hsize}%
+                    {\voffset}{\normaloffset}%
+                    {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
+                    {\dimen0}{\dimen2}%
+}}
+
+% Set default to letter.
+%
+\letterpaper
+
+
+\message{and turning on texinfo input format.}
+
+% Define macros to output various characters with catcode for normal text.
+\catcode`\"=\other
+\catcode`\~=\other
+\catcode`\^=\other
+\catcode`\_=\other
+\catcode`\|=\other
+\catcode`\<=\other
+\catcode`\>=\other
+\catcode`\+=\other
+\catcode`\$=\other
+\def\normaldoublequote{"}
+\def\normaltilde{~}
+\def\normalcaret{^}
+\def\normalunderscore{_}
+\def\normalverticalbar{|}
+\def\normalless{<}
+\def\normalgreater{>}
+\def\normalplus{+}
+\def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
+% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
+% where something hairier probably needs to be done.
+%
+% #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
+% otherwise.  Since all the Computer Modern typewriter fonts have zero
+% interword stretch (and shrink), and it is reasonable to expect all
+% typewriter fonts to have this, we can check that font parameter.
+%
+\def\ifusingtt#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen3\font=0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Same as above, but check for italic font.  Actually this also catches
+% non-italic slanted fonts since it is impossible to distinguish them from
+% italic fonts.  But since this is only used by $ and it uses \sl anyway
+% this is not a problem.
+\def\ifusingit#1#2{\ifdim \fontdimen1\font>0pt #1\else #2\fi}
+
+% Turn off all special characters except @
+% (and those which the user can use as if they were ordinary).
+% Most of these we simply print from the \tt font, but for some, we can
+% use math or other variants that look better in normal text.
+
+\catcode`\"=\active
+\def\activedoublequote{{\tt\char34}}
+\let"=\activedoublequote
+\catcode`\~=\active
+\def~{{\tt\char126}}
+\chardef\hat=`\^
+\catcode`\^=\active
+\def^{{\tt \hat}}
+
+\catcode`\_=\active
+\def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+\let\realunder=_
+% Subroutine for the previous macro.
+\def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
+
+\catcode`\|=\active
+\def|{{\tt\char124}}
+\chardef \less=`\<
+\catcode`\<=\active
+\def<{{\tt \less}}
+\chardef \gtr=`\>
+\catcode`\>=\active
+\def>{{\tt \gtr}}
+\catcode`\+=\active
+\def+{{\tt \char 43}}
+\catcode`\$=\active
+\def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
+% name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
+% So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
+% \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
+\def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
+
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
+% parsing them.
+\def\turnoffactive{%
+  \normalturnoffactive
+  \otherbackslash
+}
+
+\catcode`\@=0
+
+% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% as in \char`\\.
+\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont  % let existing .??s files work
+
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
+% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
+
+% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% in fixed width font.
+\catcode`\\=\active
+@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
+% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
+%  @let \ = @normalbackslash
+
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
+
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'.
+% 
+@def@normalturnoffactive{%
+  @let\=@normalbackslash
+  @let"=@normaldoublequote
+  @let~=@normaltilde
+  @let^=@normalcaret
+  @let_=@normalunderscore
+  @let|=@normalverticalbar
+  @let<=@normalless
+  @let>=@normalgreater
+  @let+=@normalplus
+  @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+  @unsepspaces
+}
+
+% Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
+% This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
+@otherifyactive
+
+% If a .fmt file is being used, we don't want the `\input texinfo' to show up.
+% That is what \eatinput is for; after that, the `\' should revert to printing
+% a backslash.
+%
+@gdef@eatinput input texinfo{@fixbackslash}
+@global@let\ = @eatinput
+
+% On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
+% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
+% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
+% file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
+%
+@gdef@fixbackslash{%
+  @ifx\@eatinput @let\ = @normalbackslash @fi
+  @catcode`+=@active
+  @catcode`@_=@active
+}
+
+% Say @foo, not \foo, in error messages.
+@escapechar = `@@
+
+% These look ok in all fonts, so just make them not special.
+@catcode`@& = @other
+@catcode`@# = @other
+@catcode`@% = @other
+
+
+@c Local variables:
+@c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+@c page-delimiter: "^\\\\message"
+@c time-stamp-start: "def\\\\texinfoversion{"
+@c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+@c time-stamp-end: "}"
+@c End:
+
+@c vim:sw=2:
+
+@ignore
+   arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
+@end ignore
diff --git a/lib/et/vfprintf.c b/lib/et/vfprintf.c
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3fcd78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/lib/et/vfprintf.c
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 1988 Regents of the University of California.
+ * All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted
+ * provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are
+ * duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation,
+ * advertising materials, and other materials related to such
+ * distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed
+ * by the University of California, Berkeley.  The name of the
+ * University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
+ * from this software without specific prior written permission.
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ */
+
+#if defined(LIBC_SCCS) && !defined(lint)
+static char sccsid[] = "@(#)vfprintf.c	5.2 (Berkeley) 6/27/88";
+#endif /* LIBC_SCCS and not lint */
+
+#include "config.h"
+#if !HAVE_VPRINTF && HAVE_DOPRNT
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <varargs.h>
+
+int
+vfprintf(iop, fmt, ap)
+	FILE *iop;
+	char *fmt;
+	va_list ap;
+{
+	int len;
+	char localbuf[BUFSIZ];
+
+	if (iop->_flag & _IONBF) {
+		iop->_flag &= ~_IONBF;
+		iop->_ptr = iop->_base = localbuf;
+		len = _doprnt(fmt, ap, iop);
+		(void) fflush(iop);
+		iop->_flag |= _IONBF;
+		iop->_base = NULL;
+		iop->_bufsiz = 0;
+		iop->_cnt = 0;
+	} else
+		len = _doprnt(fmt, ap, iop);
+
+	return (ferror(iop) ? EOF : len);
+}
+#endif /* !HAVE_VPRINTF */